Class Schedule

Use the navigation menu below to see the classes offered for the selected quarter. If you do not want classes from a certain campus, unselect that campus under "location."

The number of seats available is refreshed every thirty minutes.

Hybrid classes meet both in person and online. If a hybrid class meets daily, it does not necessarily meet in-person every day.

Quarter

Program

Instructor


Keywords


Starting After

Ending Before

Credits

Location

Availability



Other Offerings

Adult Basic Education Classes

Continuing Ed Classes

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I

ACCT&201

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, including a study of the accounting cycle and the use of special journals. Focus is on double entry accounting system and financial statement preparation. Covers transactions for a business organized as a sole proprietorship and the effects of transactions on balance sheet accounts. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Using the appropriate accounting concepts and principles, following the accounting equation and based on the type of business entity prepare the proper financial statements
  • Prepare a chart of accounts based on the entity's accounting requirements; following analysis of the flow of the accounting data prepare various journals and post to the ledger; prepare and use a working trial balance to discover accounting errors
  • Using various concepts and principles as appropriate prepare adjusting entries based on the entity's nature, prepare an adjusted trial balance based on these entries and the proper financial statements
  • Prepare adjusting, closing and reversing entries, financial statements, a post-closing trial balance and using financial ratios analyze the financial position of the entity
  • Using source documents of a merchandising entity prepare and post entries to record purchases, sales and inventory adjustments using both the perpetual and periodic systems of inventory; prepare a working trial balance, interim statements and financial statements and using financial ratios analyze the financial position of the entity
  • Cost (value) the inventory using the three most commonly accepted methods; LIFO, FIFO and Average-Cost under both the Perpetual and Periodic Systems
  • Define and differentiate between manual and computerized accounting systems, analyze the accounts to recommend when either system or a blend of systems should be used, discuss and use the various special journals and use the General Journal as needed
  • Define and discuss Internal Control, use methods of Internal Control including bank reconciliations, a check book and an imprest cash account
  • Prepare and record special journal entries for accounts receivable and notes receivable, prepare an estimation of uncollectible receivables using both write-off methods, calculate interest and discounts on notes, properly classifying accounts receivable and notes receivable and prepare financial statements, using financial ratios analyze the financial position of the entity
  • Prepare and post appropriate journal entries to record the acquisition, depreciation/depletion/ amortization and disposal of capital assets; natural resources and intangible assets; prepare an asset schedule for various assets to include land, land improvements, building, equipment and personal property using several depreciation methods; and prepare financial statements following the posting of the above entries
  • Account for liabilities including estimated and contingent, prepare a payroll including associated liabilities, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, vacation pay and pensions, journalize and post the payroll, liabilities and calculate interest due on a note payable

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II

ACCT&202

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online Online $29.75
4934 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 144 $29.75

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, continued from ACCT& 201. Focus is on issues related to businesses organized as a partnership or corporation and their effects on balance sheet accounts. Also covers investment, dissolution and distribution of income. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the advantages and disadvantages of a Corporation prepare journal entries for the creation of a corporation, issuing both common stock and preferred stock, calculate and account for dividends, prepare the Equity section of a Balance Sheet, evaluate rate of returns, book value and account for corporate income taxes
  • Describe and illustrate journalizing and posting for stock dividends, stock splits and Treasury stock activities; restrictions on and appropriations of retained earnings; and prepare and analyze a corporate Income Statement
  • Describe and illustrate corporate presentation of long-term liabilities to include types of bonds, issuing bonds at a discount or a premium, bond interest expense and presentation of bonds on statements, methods of amortizing discounts and premiums
  • Describe, illustrate, prepare and analyze a Statement of Cash Flow using the direct, indirect, and work sheet approach
  • Describe, illustrate and prepare different types of financial statement analysis to include horizontal, vertical, common-size, benchmarking and ratio analysis
  • Describe the advantages and disadvantages of a partnership and the basic accounting system for a partnership; prepare appropriate journal entries for the formation of a partnership, division of income (loss), admission of a new partner, withdrawal of a partner and dissolution of the partnership

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III

ACCT&203

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49G4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Introduces the theory of cost accounting and an analysis of accounting data as a part of the managerial process of planning, decision-making and control. Emphasis is given to job order, process, standard-cost accounting data, and the preparation and use of budgets and internal control reports necessary for making economic decisions for manufacturing businesses. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms and identify/distinguish between financial and management accounting concepts; service, merchandising, and manufacturing companies; direct, indirect, and product costs; prepare financial statements for various types of companies; and apply the concept of business ethics to business situations
  • Define terms and identify/distinguish between process and job costing; use a job order cost system to account for materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead; calculate the value of work-in-process, finished goods inventory, and cost of goods sold using a job order costing system; journalize appropriate entries; and prepare financial statements for a manufacturing company
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to process costing; follow the flow of costs using equivalent units through the process using the LIFO, FIFO, and weighted average methods; and prepare appropriate reports
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to cost behavior patterns and sales mixes; using cost-volume-profit analysis calculate the break even point, sales needed to earn a target income and margin of safety; and prepare income statements using the absorption and contribution approach
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to forecasting, budgets, performance reports, and responsibility centers; prepare an operating budget using sensitivity analysis, a financial budget and a performance report; and allocate service department costs to production departments
  • Define terms and identify concepts relating to flexible budgets, standard costs and variances, prepare a flexible budget, income statement performance report and standard cost income statement, calculate and analyze standard cost variances
  • Define, identify and use Activity Based Costing (ABC), Just-in-Time (JIT) Costing, Continuous Improvement and Quality Management to prepare reports and analysis to assist managers in making decisions
  • Define, identify and use the concept of Relevant information and Capital Budgeting tools, Payback, Accounting Rate of Return and Discounted Cash-Flow Models to make and analyze reports to assist managers in decision making to include short term decisions such as Special Sales Orders, Make or Buy, Outsourcing, etc

BASIC MATHEMATICS; BASIC PHYSICS; WEIGHT & BALANCES

ACM 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09G4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Hybrid Arranged $75
09B4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 115 $50

Credits: 5

Perform all of the mathematical computations required in the Advanced Composite Manufacturing curriculum. Understand the scientific principles that apply to the operation of aircraft, engines and the equipment that the Advanced Composite Manufacturers will be in daily contact with. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the importance of weight and balance to aircraft safety, and make all of the required calculations for weight and balance checks, equipment changes, extreme loading checks and the addition of ballast.

Course Outcomes

  • Extract roots and raise numbers to a given power
  • Determine areas and volumes of various geometrical shapes
  • Solve ratio, proportion, and percentage problems
  • Perform algebraic operations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of positive and negative numbers
  • Use and understand the principles of simple machines; sound, fluid and heat dynamics; basic aerodynamics; aircraft structures; and theory of flight
  • Perform complete weight and balance check and record data

BLUEPRINTS, DRAWINGS, AND PRECISION MEASURING

ACM 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09H4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Hybrid Arranged $75
09C4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 119 $50

Credits: 4

Determine and identify dimensions of a part from drawings, including orthographic and isometric projections. Sketch objects/parts in either orthographic or isometric views.

Course Outcomes

  • Determine Dimensions of a part from a drawing
  • Identify key aspects of orthographic projection
  • Identify key aspects of isometric projection
  • Sketch an object in both orthographic and isometric views

MATERIALS AND PROCESSES/LAB & EQUIPMENT SAFETY

ACM 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09J4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Hybrid Arranged $75
09D4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 115 $50

Credits: 5

Advanced Composite Manufacturing students will identify and determine the proper use of fasteners, demonstrate a basic understanding of aircraft hardware identification and terminology, lab safety and the proper use of tools, calculate/apply torque values, and perform precision measurements.

Course Outcomes

  • Determine the proper use of fasteners used in the aerospace and composites industry
  • Demonstrate an understanding of aircraft hardware identification and terminology
  • Calculate and apply torque values
  • Perform precision measurements
  • Demonstrate an understanding of lab safety through written and performance based evaluation
  • Determine and demonstrate the proper use of the following tools: Drills; presses; stone grinder; belt and disk sanders; bandsaw; die grinder; plunge-style router; pneumatic hand drill; pneumatic hand-held sanders; and fabric cutting devices

COMPOSITE FABRICATION

ACM 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09L4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 11:30 a.m. 3:45 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50
09R4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50

Credits: 4

Learn manufacturing methods and processes commonly used for the fabrication of composite materials. Instruction includes material choices, fabrication techniques, material handling and safety procedures.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the benefits and limitations of composite material
  • Be familiar with the common manufacturing processes for composite
  • Identify and utilize the materials to construct a composite laminate
  • Identify and utilize all ancillary materials needed to construct a composite laminate
  • Understand basic tooling techniques as in mold and trim fixtures
  • Understand and demonstrate proper material handling protocols
  • Understand and demonstrate safe use of materials and chemicals

COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY

ACM 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09M4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 11:30 a.m. 3:45 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50
09S4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50

Credits: 4

Identify and utilize appropriate materials and processes to assemble structures made of composite materials. Includes room temperature and elevated temperature bonding, drilling, countersinking, and installing mechanical fasteners and potted fasteners.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand common assembly techniques
  • Perform proper bolt assembly tasks
  • Understand bonded assembly manufacturing techniques
  • Identify materials used in bonded assemblies
  • Perform the tasks required to manufacture a bonded assembly
  • Identify tools and fasteners used in bolted assemblies. Follow safe work practices

COMPOSITE REPAIR

ACM 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09N4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 11:30 a.m. 3:45 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50
09T4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50

Credits: 4

Inspect, test, and repair composite structures. This course explains how imperfections affect composite properties and provides hands-on training for the repair of defects.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and evaluate damage on composite structures
  • Prepare the structure for proper repair
  • Identify the materials required in the repair
  • Perform the tasks required in assembling the repairv
  • Safely use the chemicals and materials
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the necessity to follow proper repair techniques and protocols

SPECIAL PROJECTS

ACM 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
09P4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 11:30 a.m. 3:45 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50
09U4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 114 $50

Credits: 3

Develops skills in print reading, project planning, layout, distortion control, fixturing and other fabrication techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest and/or as assigned.

Course Outcomes

  • Create or Interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component models, parts and assemblies for a student designed part/project
  • Create a manufacturing plan for prototype or production, demonstrating knowledge of scope work, balanced lay-ups and issues related to a given part
  • Fabricate tooling layup mandrel (mold)
  • Fabricate part using layup mandrel to faithfully represent design
  • Indicate techniques used to prevent voids and other laminate draws
  • Demonstrate competency in vacuum bagging technique
  • Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment

FUNDAMENTALS OF COLLISION REPAIR

ACT 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9604 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 3

Explores career safety, industry certifications, vehicle construction and an overview of the career field.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Summarize the collision repair industry, the major areas of repair in a collision repair facility and describe the basic procedures for repairing a collision damaged vehicle, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List the types of safety concerns common to a collision repair facility and explain how to avoid shop accidents, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe safety practices designed to avoid fire and explosions, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Know the sources of professional training and certification, and their benefits, including I-CAR and ASE, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Define the most important parts of a vehicle, and explain body design and frame variations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify different types of vehicle construction and major structural parts, sections, and assemblies with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Summarize how vehicles are classifies by body, engine, and drive train configurations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

BODY SHOP EQUIPMENT

ACT 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9614 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 3

Covers operating hand tools, power tools, and shop equipment. Explores air systems and their design and function.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify, explain the use of, properly select, store and maintain general purpose hand tools as well as collision repair hand tools, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain and demonstrate the proper safety precautions and procedures applied to tools and equipment in the collision repair industry, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify, explain the use of, properly select, store and maintain power tools and equipment found in a collision repair facility, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain the many types of measurements needed in collision repair, compare different measuring systems and make accurate measurements using tools common to the industry, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Understand and demonstrate the importance and use of printed and/or computerized service information, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Summarize how vehicles are classifies by body, engine, and drive train configurations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

WELDING, HEATING, AND CUTTING

ACT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9624 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 4

Covers the skills of welding, heating, and cutting as they relate to the collision industry.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe when to use and when NOT to use certain welding or heating processes for collision repair, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List and practice safety precautions and correct usage procedures for welding or heating in collision repair, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Summarize proper MIG welder setup and demonstrate correct MIG welding technique, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will be able to describe the differences in MIG electrode wire and be able to explain the variables for making a quality MIG weld, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe various MIG welds and joints as well as explain resistance spot welding processes, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe various fasteners and their uses in vehicle construction, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain when specific fasteners are used in vehicle construction, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain bolt and nut torque values as well as identify various types of clamps and miscellaneous fasteners, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

PLASTIC/SMC REPAIR

ACT 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9634 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 4

Explores plastic, fiberglass, and SMC repairs as they relate to the collision industry.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • List and identify typical plastics and composites used in vehicle construction, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe the basic repair procedures for plastics using both welding and adhesive repair technique, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Perform repairs to plastic and fiber glass reinforced plastic body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

GLASS, TRIM & HARDWARE

ACT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9644 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 5

Covers the practical skills used to repair/replace door locks and windows and to repair water leaks on car and truck bodies, interior parts, and door skin.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Remove, replace, and adjust doors as well as door regulations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Replace SMC, welded and adhesive-bonded door skins, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Remove & install windshields and other stationary glass as well as find and fix air or water leaks, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe gasket, full cutout, and partial cutout glass replacement procedures, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe the basics of vent window and tailgate door glass service with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify as well as remove and install major components of a vehicle interior, including: seats, dash panels, carpeting and instrument clusters, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

INTRODUCTION TO METAL STRAIGHTENING

ACT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9654 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 3

Introduces basic body-panel straightening techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the different types of metal used in vehicle construction, explain their strength ratings and summarize the deformation effects of impact on steel with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Understand the use of common body repair hand tools and be able to straighten metal with them, with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Understand and be able to apply the basic techniques and proper procedures for the use of plastic body filler with a minimum of 70% accuracy

COLLISION ESTIMATING

ACT 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9664 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 5

Covers collision damage estimating, reviewing work orders and acquiring work skills for job success.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how damage repair estimates are determined with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Describe the basic procedures (p-pages) of writing up an estimate with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Describe the method of determining the repairability of a damaged vehicle with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Explain the difference between flat-rate labor time and overlap labor time when estimating labor costs with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Convert flat-rate into dollars; roughly estimate the time required for repairing a given collision repair with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • List skills to become a good, responsible technician with desirable traits for job success with a minimum 70% accuracy

REFINISH EQUIPMENT PREPARATION

ACT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9674 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 6

Covers paint-shop equipment and painting fundamentals.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the spray painting equipment used in auto refinishing, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Know how a spray gun works, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify the basic techniques of good spray painting and recognize variables that influence the quality of the spray finish, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Clean and properly care for a spray gun, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify the various types of spray coats and determine when and how to make spot repairs, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify situations for which HVLP and airbrushes are recommended, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain operation of spray booths and respirators with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

PRE-PRIME PREPARATION

ACT 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9684 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 5

Explores corrosion protections and vehicle refinish preparation.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Determine whether or not the existing finish is defect free and adheres soundly to the automobile: they will also recognize the surface defects that require additional surface preparations. The student will be able to describe the three methods of removing a deteriorated paint film with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Prepare existing paint films a bare metal substrates for refinishing, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Determine when to apply a primer, a primer-sealer, a primer-surfacer or glazing putty when to apply with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Define corrosion and describe the factors involved in rust formation; describe the anti-corrosive application equipment for specific applications with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

POST-PRIME PREPARATION

ACT 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
9694 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 301 $34.75

Credits: 5

Explores final preparations, blocking and final sanding for application of topcoat.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Prepare plastic parts for refinishing, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Mask a vehicle for various paint applications, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Block sand to a level surface, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Seal for topcoat, with a minimum 70% accuracy

BOOKKEEPING I

ACTG 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online Online $29.75
4904 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWThF Dorum, L. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 144 $29.75

Credits: 4

Introduces fundamental principles of full-cycle, double-entry accounting, including maintaining journals, ledgers, and banking records to prepare basic financial statements for service and retail businesses organized as sole proprietorships or partnerships. Covers basics of payroll accounting and payroll tax reports. Explores the concepts and terminology required to perform specific accounting functions accurately.

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms and identify accounting concepts
  • Complete a chart of accounts, beginning balance sheet, journalize transactions and post entries
  • Complete a bank reconciliation statement and record transactions related to a checking account
  • Establish and replenish a petty cash fund
  • Complete a work sheet, income statement and balance sheet for a service business organized as a proprietorship and record appropriate entries
  • Analyze and journalize transactions into appropriate journals, post to appropriate ledgers and prepare subsidiary schedules for a merchandising business
  • Complete payroll records, record payroll transactions, and prepare selected payroll tax reports
  • Complete a work sheet, income statement, balance sheet and statement of owner’s equity for a merchandising business organized as a partnership and record appropriate entries

BOOKKEEPING II

ACTG 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4914 0/20 May 19, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWThF Dorum, L. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 144 $29.75

Credits: 4

Introduces continued principles of full cycle, double-entry accounting. Covers specialty issues such as uncollectible accounts, depreciation, inventory, notes, interest, accruals, and end-of- period work for corporations. Explores concepts and terminology required to perform specific accounting functions accurately. Prerequisite: ACTG 110

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms and identify accounting concepts
  • Record transactions related to sales and purchases into appropriate journals/ledgers and prepare subsidiary schedules for a merchandising business organized as a corporation
  • Calculate estimated bad debt expense and record entries related to uncollectible accounts
  • Calculate depreciation and book value, record in plant asset record, and record entries related to accounting for plant assets and depreciation
  • Calculate the cost of the merchandise inventory
  • Calculate interest and record notes payable/receivable transactions
  • Calculate accrued revenue and expenses and record adjusting and closing entries for accrued revenue and expenses
  • Calculate dividends and record entries related to dividends
  • Complete a work sheet, calculate federal income tax, prepare financial statements, and record appropriate entries for a merchandising business organized as a corporation

ELECTRONIC BUSINESS MATH

ACTG 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online Online $29.75

Credits: 2

Covers business math applications including payroll, percents, merchandising, consumer credit, simple and compound interest, prorating, stocks and bonds, and the metric system. Students will use the keyboard functions and the touch method of electronic calculator operation. Prerequisite: COMPASS score equivalent to completion of MAT 82 and ENG 82 or higher, or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Use the calculator to perform the functions of cross-footing, business application of positive and negative balances, estimating, payroll applications, and business money value problems
  • Use the calculator to compute pricing, sales tax, mixed operations, invoices, and machine memory function problems
  • Use a calculator to compute fractions and percentages for discounts, invoice extensions, and quantity pricing problems
  • Use a calculator to compute mark on, markup, markdown, and payroll problems
  • Use a calculator to compute investments, yields, and selling prices of stocks and bonds
  • Use a calculator to compute percentages, interest calculations, and metrics problems

ACCOUNTING SPREADSHEETS I

ACTG 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4924 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWF Dorum, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 127 $29.75

Credits: 5

Introduces electronic spreadsheets (Microsoft Office Excel). Covers creating business forms and spreadsheets to prepare financial statements. Prerequisite: CAS 105, CAS 120 or instructor approval. Concurrent with ACTG 110 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the objects on the Windows desktop; explain and utilize the function buttons, dialog boxes, toolbars, and help menu; create, copy, and delete files and folders; and access specific files, folders, and the internet
  • Create, save, retrieve, copy, edit, and print spreadsheets using text and formulas; sort, filter, and hide data, and describe and utilize specific EXCEL functions to include, PMT, AVERAGE, COUNT, IF, graphs, charts, and linking

PAYROLL & BUSINESS TAXES

ACTG 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online Online $29.75

Credits: 5

Provides practice in all payroll operations, the recording of accounting entries involving payroll, and the preparation of required payroll and business tax returns. Covers the concepts, laws, and terminology required to perform specific payroll accounting functions. Prerequisite: ACTG 110 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Define terms, concepts, and legislation associated with payroll
  • Define and identify the major provision of the Fair Labor Standards Act, and calculate an employee’s earnings
  • Define the major provisions of the Social Security legislation, calculate the contributions, and prepare the required reports
  • Define the major provisions of the Federal Income Tax With-holding legislation, calculate the contributions, and prepare the required reports
  • Define the major provisions of the unemployment tax legislation, calculate the contributions, and prepare the required reports
  • Calculate payroll, journalize appropriate entries and post to general ledger accounts
  • Complete payroll records, record payroll transactions, and prepare selected payroll tax reports

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II LAB

ACTG 212

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4944 0/20 April 8, 2015 June 10, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. W Cooke, S. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 144 $4.75

Credits: 3

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 202 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with ACCT& 202. Prerequisite: ACTG 211 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Ability to solve given accounting problems and projects and complete the required forms and statements according to industry standards

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III LAB

ACTG 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49K4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online Online $29.75

Credits: 3

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 203 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with: ACCT& 203 Prerequisite: ACTG 211 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Record and maintain transactions records for a manufacturing company. Complete the required accounting forms and statements according to industry standards
  • Complete the required forms and statements required to maintain and complete financial records for a business for a fiscal period

FUNDAMENTALS OF GOVERNMENTAL/NONPROFIT ACCOUNTING

ACTG 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49J4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online Online $29.75
4954 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 127 $29.75

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of accounting theory and practice of governmental/nonprofit accounting, including a study of accounting methods; the reasons for and the use of the various funds; the purpose and use of budgets in this field of accounting; and the differences between generally accepted accounting principles, GASB standards, and fund/ governmental accounting. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 and ACCT& 201 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Define, describe and use the “funds” when accounting for a governmental entity
  • Differentiate between governmental and not-for-profit entities and describe and use their accounting methods
  • Describe and use fund accounting for colleges and universities
  • Describe and use fund accounting for hospitals and other health care providers

QUICKBOOKS II

ACTG 241

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4964 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 16, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Cooke, S. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 127 $29.75

Credits: 4

Course Outcomes

  • Following class discussion and activities and using an automated accounting program, the student will prepare multi-month reports to include a balance sheet, income statement, payroll ledger, etc
  • Students will set up companies at the beginning of the fiscal year and in mid-cycle of the fiscal year
  • Students will set up companies with employees, both at the beginning and in mid-cycle of the fiscal year

BUSINESS OFFICE I

ACTG 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4974 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 12, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 144 $29.75

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisites: ACTG 143, ACTG 235, CAS 120, and ACCT& 201, or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Research accounting careers and prepare appropriate employment related documents
  • Demonstrate proficiency in accounting, automated accounting, and computer processing by completing at least one set of monthly financial statements, or equivalent activity with a minimum 75% accuracy corrected to 100% after review
  • Demonstrate the ability to follow written instructions by completing client work appropriately following the proper SOP
  • Demonstrate the ability to recognize and correct accounting errors and omissions by reviewing work and commenting appropriately
  • Maintain appropriate files, records and office environment
  • Prioritize workload to include office as well as classroom assignments
  • Work with and maintain office machines
  • Complete office projects as assigned by the Faculty in a timely appropriate manner

BUSINESS OFFICE II

ACTG 262

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4984 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 12, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 144 $29.75

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisite: ACTG 260

Course Outcomes

  • Research accounting careers and prepare appropriate employment related documents
  • Demonstrate proficiency in accounting, automated accounting, and computer processing by completing at least one set of monthly financial statements, or equivalent activity with a minimum 75% accuracy corrected to 100% after review
  • Demonstrate the ability to follow written instructions by completing client work appropriately following the proper SOP
  • Demonstrate the ability to recognize and correct accounting errors and omissions by reviewing work and commenting appropriately
  • Maintain appropriate files, records and office environment
  • Prioritize workload to include office as well as classroom assignments
  • Work with and maintain office machines
  • Complete office projects as assigned by the Faculty in a timely appropriate manner

INTERNSHIP I

ACTG 271

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4994 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 12, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. Arranged Cooke, S. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 127 $0

Credits: 5

Provides students with practical on-the-job field experience. Program offers students a way to combine classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Work experience must be related to the student’s educational and career objectives. Must be approved by the instructor and includes a weekly seminar component. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Research accounting careers and prepare appropriate employment related documents
  • Experience the duties and requirements of an accounting office position
  • Students are responsible for obtaining a paid or non-paid accounting employment opportunity

US HISTORY I

ADHS 011

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BCC 0/5 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 205 $0

Credits: 5

This course is a survey of American History from our beginnings to the Civil War Reconstruction.

UNITED STATES HISTORY II

ADHS 012

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B64 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 4 p.m. Daily Quincy, D. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 100 $0

Credits: 5

This course is a survey of American History from settling the West (1858) to the present.

CURRENT WORLD PROBLEMS

ADHS 013

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B44 0/5 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 402 $0

Credits: 5

This course explores causes and effects of contemporary global issues.

CIVICS

ADHS 014

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BG4 0/5 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 205 $0
5B54 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 4 p.m. Daily Hanby, M. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 205 $0

Credits: 5

This is an introductory course on US government policy, procedures, and principles ranging from personal to global in nature.

SCIENCE I

ADHS 015

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B94 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 109 $0

Credits: 5

This class integrates various areas of science, including biology, anatomy, chemistry, physics, and earth science with an emphasis in complex reasoning and critical thinking. This class is designed around authentic performance with students working in teams using knowledge and reasoning to solve scientific problems.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST HISTORY

ADHS 016

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B84 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 4 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Quincy, D. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 100 $0

Credits: 5

This course focuses on Washington State History and Government with additional studies on the Pacific Northwest region as a whole.

SCIENCE II

ADHS 017

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BB4 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 109 $0

Credits: 5

This class integrates various areas of science, including biology, anatomy, chemistry, physics, and earth science with an emphasis in complex reasoning and critical thinking. This class is designed around authentic performance with students working in teams using knowledge and reasoning to solve scientific problems.

ART

ADHS 018

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B04 0/10 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Purvine, S. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 109 $0

Credits: 5

This class is an introduction of art terminology and methods, with an overview of artist’s methods and techniques.

FITNESS & HEALTH

ADHS 019

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B24 0/10 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. Daily Aldridge, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 102 $0

Credits: 5

This is an intermediate exploration of personal and global health issues, emphasizing cause, effect, and possible remedy; additionally, physical fitness activities are pursued.

BIOLOGY I

ADHS 020

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BC4 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 109 $0

Credits: 5

This class is a study of cell structure, cell energy, and complex cellular reproduction.

BIOLOGY II

ADHS 021

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BF4 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TW Norton, T. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 109 $0

Credits: 5

This class is a study of cell structure, cell energy, and complex cellular reproduction.

Algebra I

ADHS 022

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B74 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Perse, B. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 118 $0

Credits: 5

No description available.

Algebra II

ADHS 024

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BA4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. Daily Perse, B. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 118 $0

Credits: 5

No description available.

Geometry

ADHS 026

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5BD4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Perse, B. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 118 $0

Credits: 5

No description available.

BASIC MATHEMATICS, PHYSICS, AND WEIGHT & BALANCE

AMT 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4404 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 116 $54.75

Credits: 5

Perform all of the mathematical computations required in the Aviation Maintenance Technician curriculum. Understand the scientific principles that apply to the operation of aircraft, engines and the equipment that the aviation maintenance technician will be in daily contact with. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the importance of weight and balance to aircraft safety, and make all of the required calculations for weight and balance checks, equipment changes, extreme loading checks, and the addition of ballast.

Course Outcomes

  • Extract roots and raise numbers to a given power
  • Determine areas and volumes of various geometrical shapes
  • Solve ratio, proportion, and percentage problems
  • Perform algebraic operations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of positive and negative numbers
  • Use and understand the principles of simple machines; sound, fluid and heat dynamics; basic aerodynamics; aircraft structures; and theory of flight
  • Weigh aircraft
  • Perform complete weight-and-balance check and record data

AIRCRAFT DRAWINGS, CLEANING, CORROSION CONTROL,GROUND OPERATIONS & SERVICING, FLUID LINES & FITTINGS, MATERIALS & PROCESSES

AMT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4414 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 116 $54.75

Credits: 5

Sketch aircraft repairs and alterations and understand information presented on typical aircraft blueprints, graphs, and charts. Recognize types of corrosion and know their causes, identify and use the proper materials and processes to remove corrosion byproducts, treat corroded areas, and apply proper protection. Gain a thorough understanding of the importance of safe ground handling procedures, aircraft movement, and storage, and identify aviation fuels. Identify fluid line components, fabricate rigid and flexible fluid lines, and properly install fluid lines on aircraft.

Course Outcomes

  • Use aircraft drawings, symbols, and system schematics
  • Draw sketches of repairs and alterations
  • Use blueprint information
  • Use graphs and charts
  • Identify and select cleaning materials
  • Inspect, identify, remove and treat aircraft corrosion and perform aircraft cleaning
  • Start, grounds operate, move, service and secure aircraft and identify typical ground operation hazards,
  • Identify and select fuels
  • Fabricate and install rigid and flexible fluid lines and fittings

MATERIALS & PROCESSES

AMT 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4424 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 116 $54.75

Credits: 5

Learn about identification and selection of non-destructive testing methods, dye-penetrant, eddy current, ultra-sound, and magnetic particle inspections, as well as basic heat-treated processes, aircraft hardware, and materials. Inspect and check welds. Perform precision measurements.

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect and repair a radial engine
  • Overhaul reciprocating engine
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair reciprocating engines and engine installations

MAINTENANCE FORMS & RECORDS, PUBLICATIONS AND MECHANICS, PRIVILEGES & LIMITATIONS

AMT 127

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4434 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 116 $54.75

Credits: 4

Utilize maintenance records and entries, maintenance forms, and inspection reports. Requires reading, comprehension, and application of information from the FAA and manufacturer’s maintenance specifications, data sheets, manuals, publications, related FAA regulations, airworthiness directives, and advisory material. Apply mechanic privileges within the limitations prescribed by FAR Part 65.

Course Outcomes

  • Write descriptions of work performed including aircraft discrepancies and corrective actions using typical aircraft maintenance records
  • Complete required maintenance forms, records, and inspection reports
  • Demonstrate ability to read, comprehend, and apply information contained in FAA and manufacturers’ aircraft maintenance specifications, data sheets, manuals, publications, and related FEDERAL Aviation Regulations, Airworthiness Directives, and Advisory material
  • Read technical data

WOOD STRUCTURES, AIRCRAFT COVERINGS, AND FINISHES

AMT 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4444 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 117 $54.75

Credits: 3

Covers wood aircraft construction, repair, and inspection. Students will select, apply, inspect, test, and repair aircraft fabric and fiberglass covering materials. Become familiar with types of aircraft protective coatings, trim applications, markings, finish problems, and the inspection of finishes.

Course Outcomes

  • Service and repair wood structures
  • Identify wood defects
  • Inspect wood structures
  • Select and apply fabric and fiberglass covering materials
  • Inspect, test, and repair fabric and fiberglass
  • Apply trim, letters, and touch up paint
  • Identify and select aircraft finishing materials
  • Apply finishing materials
  • Inspect finishes and identify defects

AIRCRAFT SHEET METAL STRUCTURES

AMT 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4454 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 117 $54.75

Credits: 4

Inspection and repair of all types of sheet metal. Information regarding the fabrication, construction and repair of sheet-metal aircraft structures.

Course Outcomes

  • Select, install, and remove special fasteners for metallic structures
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair windows, doors, and interior furnishings
  • Inspect and repair sheet-metal structures
  • Install conventional rivets
  • Form, lay out, and bend sheet metal
  • Weld magnesium and titanium
  • Solder stainless steel
  • Fabricate tubular structures
  • Solder, braze, gas-weld, and arc-weld steel
  • Weld aluminum and stainless steel

WELDING, POSITION & WARNING SYSTEMS

AMT 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4464 0/18 March 31, 2015 June 18, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 117 $54.75

Credits: 3

Principles regarding the fabrication, construction and repair of welded aircraft structures. Principles of operation of speed and configuration warning systems, electrical brake controls, anti-skid systems, and landing-gear position indicating and warning systems.

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, and service speed and configuration warning systems, electrical brake controls, and anti-skid systems
  • Weld magnesium and titanium. Solder stainless steel. Fabricate tubular structures. Solder, braze, gas-weld, and arc-weld steel. Weld aluminum and stainless steel
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, and service landing gear position indicating and warning systems

AIRCRAFT NON-METALIC STRUCTURES

AMT 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4474 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 117 $54.75

Credits: 4

Covers inspection and repair of all types of non-metallic and composite structures, including transparent plastic enclosures and interiors.

Course Outcomes

  • Select, install, and remove special fasteners for metallic, bonded, and composite structures. Inspect bonded structures
  • Inspect, test, and repair fiberglass, plastics, honeycomb, composite, and laminated primary and secondary structures
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair windows, doors, and interior furnishings

AIRCRAFT INSPECTIONS

AMT 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4484 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 118 $54.75

Credits: 4

Lecture, demonstration and practical application are used to train the student in the methods and techniques of all phases of aircraft inspections, federal aviation regulations, maintenance record entries and disposition of those records.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform airframe conformity inspections
  • Perform airframe airworthiness inspections

ASSEMBLY & RIGGING

AMT 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4494 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 117 $54.75

Credits: 4

Covers basic information regarding the assembly of aircraft, components, rigging of all flight control surfaces, balancing and inspection of flight controls, alignment of aircraft structures, and jacking of aircraft.

Course Outcomes

  • Rig rotary-wing and fixed-wing aircraft
  • Check alignment of structures
  • Assemble aircraft components, including flight control surfaces. Balance, rig, and inspect movable primary and secondary flight control surfaces
  • Jack aircraft

HELICOPTER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

AMT 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44A4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 118 $50

Credits: 4

Covers history, operations, regulations, publications, records, special-use equipment and basic maintenance fundamentals as they relate to rotorcraft.

Course Outcomes

  • Locate and interpret information in a Federal Aviation Regulation, Airworthiness Directive, manufactures service bulletin, and a Type Certificate Data Sheet
  • Check a manufactures maintenance, overhaul, or parts manual for a list of effective pages (LOEP) Locate the list of life limited parts using manufactures data. Complete a component historical card (hardcard)
  • Make weight and balance computations on a helicopter
  • Check for proper gear engagement pattern(print) on a gear box. Measure tooth wear on a straight tooth gear using measuring pins. Identify the thrust side of a ball bearing
  • Ground handle a helicopter
  • Determine the frequency of lubrication using a lubrication chart. Check helicopter component for correct lubricant level. Select correct lubricant for a helicopter component
  • Determine and set the correct clamp-up torque for a fastener on a helicopter component.
  • Safety fasteners on a helicopter structure or component

BASIC ROTOR SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

AMT 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44B4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 118 $54.75

Credits: 4

Covers history of rotorcraft and principles of flight, types and function of rotor systems, overhaul of rotor hub assemblies, installation and static balancing of rotors, types and function of anti-torque control systems, and inspection of rotor blades using manufacturer’s data.

Course Outcomes

  • Overhaul a main rotor hub assembly, and Service a main rotor hub assembly with the correct lubricant
  • Determine status of life limited parts on a main rotor assembly. Determine special inspection requirements after a main rotor strike
  • Adjust a pitch change link to its nominal length
  • Clean a main rotor blade. Visually inspect a main rotor blade for defects. Perform a non-destructive inspection on a main rotor blade. Classify repairs on a main rotor blade
  • Install a main rotor blade on a hub assembly. Measure angle of incidence. Static align a main rotor assembly. Static balance a main rotor assembly. Remove a main rotor blade from a hub assembly
  • Determine status of life limited parts on a tail rotor assembly. Remove a tail rotor blade from a hub assembly Install a tail rotor blade on a hub assembly
  • Overhaul a tail rotor hub assembly
  • Determine special inspection requirements after a tail rotor strike
  • Clean a tail rotor blade. Visually inspect a tail rotor blade for defects. Perform a non-destructive inspection on a tail rotor blade. Classify repairs on a tail rotor blade
  • Static balance a tail rotor assembly

ADVANCED ROTOR SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

AMT 212

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44C4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 118 $54.75

Credits: 4

Covers vibration analysis, installation and dynamic balancing of rotor systems, tracking of helicopter rotor blades, principles of helicopter autorotation and adjustment of autorotation RPM for power-off operations.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Identify main and tail rotor vibrations according to frequency and direction
  • Track a main rotor using the strobe method, and dynamically balance a main rotor assembly
  • Track a tail rotor using the strobe method, and dynamically balance a tail rotor assembly
  • Calculate trim tab track adjustments, pitch change link and trim tab track adjustments, and required autorotation rpm

HELICOPTER SYSTEMS

AMT 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44D4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 118 $54.75

Credits: 4

Covers helicopter power plants and controls; fuel systems, turbine fuels, and fuel system components; oil systems and types of oils; mechanical drives, clutches, drive shafts, freewheeling units, and transmissions; flight controls, hydraulic, and instrument systems; rotor rpm, engine out, and master caution and warning systems; electrical systems, NiCad batteries, and starter generators; fuselage structures; and landing gear.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Understand the evolution of helicopter powerplants to include: the different types of reciprocating engines used in helicopters both opposed and radial designs, the changes required to adapt airplane reciprocating engines for use in helicopters, the changes in lubrication systems to allow vertical mounting, and the need to modify the cooling systems. Turbine engines to include the differences between single and twin spool turbine engines, the direct drive turboshaft , and the turboshaft with a free turbine. How to identify turbine engines used in helicopters, and the characteristics of different types of turbine engines
  • Identify types of fuels used in helicopters to include; different aviation gasoline's, and aviation turbine fuels. Understand safety considerations to include; the material hazards, storage, fueling, and defueling operations
  • Identify and select different types of reciprocating and turbine engine oils. Comply with safety rules that apply to material handling, storage, and disposal of oil
  • Identify the types of helicopter clutches, locate the clutch, explain engagement procedures, and hazards of clutches. Troubleshoot common clutch problems
  • Understand helicopter flight controls to include the function of collective, cyclic ,and anti-torque control systems. The purpose and function of hydraulic boosted flight controls. the function of a helicopter swashplate, and stabilizer bar assembly. Be able to rig, inspect, and maintain helicopter flight controls
  • Understand the purpose and function of hydraulic flight control system components. Operation and Maintenance of system components to include; Hydraulic filter assembly, pressure regulator, control valve, hydraulic servos, and hydraulic Lock and Load Limiters. Purpose and function of a hydraulic rotor brake system, and maintenance of system components
  • Understand helicopter instrument and warning systems to include; Rotor Rpm indicating and warning systems, transmission indicating and warning systems, and engine indicating and warning systems. Be able to troubleshoot common instrument and warning system problems

POWERPLANT RECIPROCATING ENGINE THEORY

AMT 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44F4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 120 $54.75

Credits: 6

Covers the history of aircraft engines, principles of energy transformation, theory of operation, engine requirements and configuration, and overhaul of horizontally opposed engines.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of this course the learner will be able to: complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect and repair a radial engine
  • Overhaul reciprocating engine
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair reciprocating engines and engine installations

POWERPLANT MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION

AMT 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44G4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 120 $54.75

Credits: 6

Powerplant maintenance and operation consists of theory of operation; engine requirements, configuration and installation; and troubleshooting and removal of horizontally opposed engines.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Install, troubleshoot, and remove reciprocating engines

ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS AND FIRE PROTECTION

AMT 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44H4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 120 $54.75

Credits: 1

Fuel systems and fire protection consists of transformation of energy, chemistry of combustion and thermal efficiency of fuel-air mixtures. Fire protection covers the components and the operation of fire detection and extinguishing equipment.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of this course the learner will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Repair engine fuel system components
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair engine fuel systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair fire detection, and extinguishing systems

ENGINE FUEL METERING SYSTEMS

AMT 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
44J4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 120 $54.75

Credits: 5

Fuel metering consists of the principles of fuel metering for float carbs, pressure carb, fuel injection, detonate injection, turbine fuel controls and electronic engine fuel controls.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Troubleshoot and adjust turbine engine fuel metering systems and electronic engine fuel controls
  • Overhaul carburetor
  • Repair engine fuel metering system components
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair reciprocating and turbine engine fuel metering systems

DRAFTING & DESIGN

ARC 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
634A 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. W Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35
6304 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. W Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Overview of floor plans, line types, and line weights, introduction to media, computer-aided drafting, codes, basic design concepts, and presentation drawings and techniques. . Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and execute proper line uniformity, contrast and darkness for architectural drawings
  • Identify and master usage of manual drafting tools and media
  • Identify room relationships and analyze their effect on traffic patterns in a home
  • Complete accurate top, front and side views of a building using orthographic projection.
  • Explain purpose and use of building codes

RESIDENTIAL DESIGN & DRAFTING

ARC 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6314 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. T Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Overview of basic residential design and specialized floor plans and exterior and interior elevations. Prerequisites: ARC 123.

Course Outcomes

  • Define the major components of a platform framing system
  • Identify structural loads and methods for distributing these loads
  • Produce building elevations from floor plan information Annotate and represent materials to industry standards
  • Define types of millwork and produce interior elevations to industry standards

ARCHITECTURAL REPORTING II

ARC 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6324 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. Th Muir, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35
634P 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. Th Muir, C. Web-Enhanced ' 19203 ' $35

Credits: 5

Includes investigation, research, diagrams, and report preparation on basic framing systems in house construction. Prerequisites: ARC 141.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe components of residential framing and foundation systems.
  • Produce detail drawings of residential framing connections.
  • Evaluate moisture protection components for wood frame connections.
  • Describe products and methods of ventilation and insulation.
  • Discuss methods of framing for openings and stairways

DRAFTING TECHNOLOGIES I

ARC 171

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6334 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 11, 2015 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. MW Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35
634D 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 11, 2015 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. MW Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Basic manual drafting skills, orthographics, isometrics, and roof plans for basic design and construction necessary for residential design. Includes printing completed drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills.

Course Outcomes

  • Manually draft multiple views of objects when given partial views using orthographic projection
  • Manually draft isometric views of objects when given plan and elevation views
  • Manually draft basic residential roof plans to accurately complete the handouts and match the handout design criteria

INTRODUCTION TO AUTOCAD

ARC 181

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6344 0/20 May 11, 2015 June 18, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MTWTh Muir, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35
634N 0/20 May 11, 2015 Nov. 18, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MTWTh Muir, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based AutoCAD applications to produce basic design and production drawings and details, and to save and print drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills and basic keyboarding skills (30 wpm), or instructor permission.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Prepare foundation, floor and roof plans from provided sketch information
  • Use basic drawing and editing AutoCAD tools proficiently
  • Understand and utilize electronic file management procedures to industry standards
  • Extrapolate elevation drawings from foundation, floor and roof plan information

DESIGN PROJECT I

ARC 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6354 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Th Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Project management and design of basic architectural drafting project. Project includes a one-story house and placement on a subdivision lot, conforming to regulatory codes, hypothetical client needs, and established schedules. Students will produce a complete set of computer-drafted and engineered construction drawings. Students will give effective oral reports of progress. Prerequisites: ARC 173, ARC 181.

Course Outcomes

  • Meet client criteria while conforming to regulatory codes
  • Identify and meet schedule benchmarks
  • Draw and assemble a complete set of drawings for a 1-story home

SPECIAL INTERN PROJECT

ARC 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
63A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Muir, C. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $10

Credits: 5

Complete the written Work-Based Learning Experience Plan. Prerequisites: Instructor permission required.

EMPLOYMENT RESEARCH

ARC 253

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6364 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. M Muir, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35
634Y 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. M Muir, C. Web-Enhanced ' 19203 ' $35

Credits: 2

Basic job-seeking skill activities, including résumé preparation, employer contacts, presentation activities, and employment opportunities.

Course Outcomes

  • Produce and update a professional resume and cover letter
  • Contact employers in fields related to program curriculum
  • Demonstrate technical skills through oral presentation

INTRODUCTION TO THREE-DIMENSIONAL MODELING

ARC 262

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6374 0/20 April 2, 2015 May 7, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Th Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 3

Advanced concepts and sketches of residential projects using Google Sketch-Up. Prerequisites: ARC 181.

Course Outcomes

  • Utilize X, Y, and Z coordinates within a three dimensional software
  • Construct a three dimensional building model in a virtual environment
  • Create a short animation of a three dimensional building model

BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING

ARC 283

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6384 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35
634B 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based Revit applications to produce three-dimensional building models and production drawings. Explores integration of building systems in a three-dimensional virtual environment. Prerequisites: ARC 262, 281.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilize the software workspace and interface
  • Produce three dimensional building models using the drawing and editing tools
  • Create and adjust levels and grids in a building model
  • Develop standard and custom stairs
  • Generate views and sheets ready for plotting

ENGINEERING STATICS

ARC 293

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6394 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. TTh Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 19, Rm. 203 $35

Credits: 5

Beam loading, shear and moment diagrams, analysis, calculations, and selection of wood members for light framing. Material stress is computed. Prerequisites: ARC 125, MAT 105 or higher.

Course Outcomes

  • Solve problems of beams and frames, determine reactions, shear and moment forces
  • Define moment of inertia and locate accurately in tables
  • Solve problems for beam bending forces, and select the correct beam sizes
  • Solve problems for beam shear forces, and select the correct beam sizes
  • Solve problems for beam bearing and limitation of deflection criteria
  • Use tables for selection of wood joists and rafters

FUNDAMENTALS OF SHOP EQUIPMENT

ARCF 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1704 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 3

Covers shop safety, fundamentals of tool use, and proper use of shop equipment. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate the basic shop safety practices, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate the proper use of basic hand tools and shop equipment, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

WELDING & METAL SKILLS

ARCF 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1714 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 4

Covers welding, heating, and cutting techniques, using MIG and oxyacetylene equipment. Students will learn safe handling and correct metal-forming techniques of sheet metal. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the students will describe and/or demonstrate proper safety, set-up and use of an Oxy-Acetylene torch for welding, cutting and heating with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the students will describe and/or demonstrate proper, safe set-up and use of MIG welder with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lecture and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate proper safety, set-up and use of basic sheet metal forming equipment including a brake and a shear with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

BASIC REPAIRS AND ASSEMBLY

ARCF 114

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1724 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 8

Covers basic repair and assembly procedures for bolt-on body components. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe proper metal straightening technique and use of body fillers, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe proper procedures for removal, replacement, and adjustment of bolt on body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate proper mixing, application and forming of fiber glass as a means of repair and/or customization, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

CUSTOM FABRICATION

ARCF 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1734 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 6

Explores basic customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe basic procedures and technique for customizing factory original body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will demonstrate and/or describe basic procedures and technique for custom fabrication of body parts using fiber glass and/or sheet metal, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

REFINISHING EQUIPMENT

ARCF 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1744 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 306 $34.75

Credits: 4

Explores refinishing equipment use and maintenance. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will identify the spray painting equipment used in auto restoration and custom painting with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will know how a spray gun and airbrush work with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will identify the basic techniques of good spray painting and recognize variables that influence the quality of the spray finish with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will clean and properly care for a spray gun and airbrush with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will identify situations for which HVLP and airbrushes are recommended with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will explain the operation of spray booths and will demonstrate the operation of paint respirators with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

REFINISH PREPARATION

ARCF 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1754 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 306 $34.75

Credits: 7

Explores corrosion protection and vehicle refinish preparation. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will determine whether or not the existing finish is defect free and adheres soundly to the automobile; recognize the surface defects that require additional surface preparation. The student will also describe the three methods of removing a deteriorated paint film with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will prepare existing substrates and bare metal for refinishing with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will determine when to apply a primer, a primer-sealer, a primer-surfacer or glazing putty with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will prepare plastic parts for refinishing with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will mask a vehicle for various paint applications with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given lectures and lab activities, the student will describe the anti-corrosive materials used to prevent and retard rust formation with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given lectures and lab activities, the student will select the correct anti-corrosive application equipment for specific applications with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

ADVANCED PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1764 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 306 $34.75

Credits: 6

Covers application of advanced masking, topcoat shading, and graphics on a restoration or custom project. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/materials resources to 80% accuracy

FIBERGLASS/COMPOSITES TECHNIQUES

ARCF 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1774 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 6

Further develop skills in customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given lectures and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate basic procedures and technique for customizing factory original body parts, with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities students will describe and/or demonstrate basic procedures and technique for custom fabrication of body parts using fiber glass and/or sheet metal, with a minimum of 70% accuracy

CUSTOM REFINISHING

ARCF 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1784 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 306 $34.75

Credits: 6

Covers topcoat, clear coat and custom refinishing. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will explain the difference between spot panel and complete refinishing with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will describe how to spray different types of materials with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will properly locate color information from a vehicles original color with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will describe the paint finish systems applicable to plastic repair with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will apply custom painting techniques with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will apply decals, pin striping, wood-grain transfers, moldings and trim emblems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will match color and texture with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will identify the steps in applying various types of color coats with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will apply base coat and clear coat systems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS/SHOW AND SHINE

ARCF 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1794 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 306 $34.75

Credits: 4

Covers paint-application problem solving and show detailing. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will explain the final detailing, show & shine steps with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will recognize and correct defects occurring in a paint finish with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

AUTOMOTIVE RESTORATION & CUSTOM LAB

ARCF 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
17A4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 9

Finish projects and competencies in restoration and/or customizing. Nine credits in summer quarter; variable credit other three quarters. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lab opportunities the quality of the students hands on skills will show improvement to 90 percent accuracy
  • Given the lab opportunities students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently with less supervision

METAL STRENGTHENING AND SHAPING

ARCF 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
17B4 0/21 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 6

Metal straightening and shaping techniques on a custom or restoration project. . Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/materials resources to 80% accuracy

CUSTOM PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
17C4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 306 $34.75

Credits: 3

Covers application of custom masking, topcoat shading, and graphics. . Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/ materials resources to 80% accuracy

APPLIED METAL SKILLS

ARCF 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
17D4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 307 $34.75

Credits: 3

Covers application of previously acquired metal skills as they relate to the student’s project work. Instructor permission required. .

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/ materials resources to 80% accuracy

CUSTOM REFINISHING - SPECIAL PROJECTS

ARCF 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
17F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 401 $34.75

Credits: 6

Develop skills in advanced custom and/or restoration techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest, as assigned, and/or job shadowing. Instructor permission required. .

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will improve project planning and application of skills gained in previous courses to 90% accuracy
  • Given the lecture and guided project work students will be able to demonstrate the ability to work independently and manage time/ materials resources to 80% accuracy

ART APPRECIATION

ART& 100

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0501 0/25 April 2, 2015 June 10, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged WAOL Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Introduction to the diversity of the art world from ancient civilizations to contemporary society. A discussion of art terminology and methods will be covered in an overview of art materials and techniques. \

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the role of artists and their cultures in different time periods
  • Identify universal themes artists express
  • Identify and describe the formal elements and principles of art
  • Describe the various visual media and processes of making two or three dimensional art projects
  • Describe an art piece’s formal visual elements
  • Analyze different forms of art objectively and subjectively
  • Identify and describe the concepts behind the works of art
  • Produce a collage and contour line drawing

AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II

ASL& 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0502 0/20 June 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 2 p.m. 4:30 p.m. MW Wilson, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 200B $0

Credits: 5

An expansion of ASL& 121, working toward mastery of American Sign Language. Course focuses on deeper insights into vocabulary, grammar, receptive/expressive skills and history with increased knowledge of deaf communities and culture. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ASL& 121 or appropriate prior ASL experience.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills utilizing ASL vocabulary
  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills integrating both ASL basic grammar components and sentence structures
  • Demonstrate the ability to work effectively in groups and one-on-one settings, utilizing various skills acquired to accomplish specific tasks
  • Demonstrate knowledge of spatial relationships and ASL gloss
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the different types of hearing loss, and gain insight into how sounds affect the Deaf and Hard of Hearing
  • Demonstrate increased awareness concerning how to interact with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing with and without an interpreter
  • Explain the historical development of ASL and Deaf Culture, dating back to as early as 355 B.C
  • Demonstrate an understanding of various technologies that are used to communicate with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing

AUTOMOTIVE BASICS

AUT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4614 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 701 $34.75

Credits: 2

Provides information on basic shop safety, hazardous-material handling, industry trends and opportunities, tools and fasteners. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with safety, hazardous-material handling and disposal procedures, the future of the industry, and employment potential. The student will also be familiar with automotive tools, fasteners and their usage. Prerequisites: Must have required textbooks, coveralls and eye protection.

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION AND STEERING

AUT 147

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4624 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 801 $34.75
4634 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 701 $34.75

Credits: 6

Theory and troubleshooting of hydraulic systems, disc brake systems, drum brake systems, power booster systems and antilock brake systems. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks.

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION STEERING & WHEEL ALIGNMENT

AUT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4654 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 701 $34.75

Credits: 7

Theory and troubleshooting of front suspension systems, steering systems, rear suspension systems, and computer-controlled systems. This course will also cover basic wheel alignment, including two- and four-wheel alignment. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 147 and have required tools and textbooks.

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION STEERING & WHEEL ALIGNMENT LAB

AUT 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4674 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 701 $34.75
4664 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 801 $34.75

Credits: 5

Repair automotive brakes, steering, and suspension systems by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 147, 149, and have required tools and textbooks.

FORD BRAKE SYSTEMS DIAGNOSTICS

AUT 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4684 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 801 $150

Credits: 2

Topics covered include brake-system diagnosis and testing and brake-system service. Identify brake-system components and perform brake-system inspections; machine rotors using an on-car lathe; and become familiar with the tools, terminology, and procedures used during routine brake service operations. Students will have the opportunity to practice procedures identified as priority tasks in the NATEF (ASE) task list.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AUT 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4694 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 901 $34.75

Credits: 11

Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems and study basic application of computerized electronic control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, removal and installation procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks.

ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

AUT 209

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
46A4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 901 $34.75

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair automotive electronic systems and study basic application of computerized electronic control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, removal and installation procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 203 and must have required tools and textbooks.

CLUTCHES & MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS

AUT 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
46C4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 601 $34.75

Credits: 9

Provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automotive clutches and manual transmissions/transaxles. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance, and repair of automobile/light truck clutches and manual transmissions/transaxles. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks.

AUTOMOTIVE AXLES, DRIVELINES, DIFFERENTIALS & TRANSFER CASES

AUT 243

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
46D4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 601 $34.75

Credits: 6

Provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automotive axles, drivelines, differentials and transfer cases. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance and repair of automobile/light truck axles, drivelines, differentials and transfer cases. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 239 and have required tools and textbooks.

MANUAL DRIVE TRAINS & AXLES LAB

AUT 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
46F4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 601 $34.75

Credits: 4

This course is designed to teach the student to competently repair drive-train components by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with diagnosis, maintenance, and repair of automobile/light truck manual drive trains. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 239 and 243, and must have required tools and textbooks.

AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING & VENTILATION

AUT 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4604 0/18 April 1, 2015 March 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 801 $34.75
46B4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 901 $34.75

Credits: 6

Theory, troubleshooting and repair of automotive air-conditioning systems, heating systems, and ventilation systems. Also covers recovery and recycling of both R-12 and R134A refrigerants. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 203 and 209 and have required tools and textbooks.

PRIVATE PILOT I

AVP 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5104 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75

Credits: 4

Training in basic aircraft control, aircraft systems, airport procedures, and traffic pattern operations. Prerequisite: FAA Class II Medical with Student Pilot Certificate prior to the first day of class. Instructor permission only.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform unassisted takeoffs
  • Demonstrate correct communications and traffic pattern procedures
  • Perform landings with instructor assistance
  • Demonstrate basic understanding of steep turns, slow flight stalls, stall recovery, and emergency operations
  • Complete demonstrated stalls
  • Become familiar with pilot training, aviation opportunities, and human factors in aviation
  • Gain basic understanding of the college's pilot training program
  • Gain a basic understanding of the main airplane components and systems at an 80% proficiency level
  • Become familiar with flight instrument functions and operating characteristics, including errors and common malfunctions at an 80% proficiency level
  • Learn about the power plant and related systems at an 80% proficiency level

PRIVATE PILOT II

AVP 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5114 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75

Credits: 4

Covers aircraft control, establishing and maintaining specific flight attitudes, and ground reference maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 105 or equivalent. Instructor permission only.

Course Outcomes

  • Display increased proficiency and skill in instrument scan and interpretation during practice of instrument flight maneuvers
  • Perform takeoffs, landings, and go-around without instructor assistance
  • Accomplish emergency procedures with minimal instructor assistance
  • Increase proficiency and precision in ground reference maneuvers
  • Become familiar with the four forces of flight, aerodynamics principals of stability, maneuvering flight and load factor at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand stall / spin characteristics as they relate to training airplanes at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand importance of prompt recognition of stall indications at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand important safety considerations, including collision avoidance precautions, right-of-way rules, and minimum safe altitudes. 80% proficiency
  • Discuss airport markings and lighting, aeronautical charts, and types of airspace. 80% proficiency level required

PRIVATE PILOT III

AVP 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5124 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75

Credits: 4

Basic performance maneuvers, traffic pattern procedures, and takeoffs and landings. Upon successful completion, the student shall solo the aircraft. Prerequisite: AVP 110 or equivalent. Instructor permission only.

Course Outcomes

  • Successfully pass the Presolo Written Exam with a minimum score of 80% and review incorrect responses with instructor
  • Demonstrate the ability and readiness for supervised solo flight in the traffic pattern
  • Exhibit understanding of attitude instrument flying
  • Demonstrate good understanding of local airport and airspace rules as well as systems and equipment malfunctions and related emergency procedures
  • Display the ability to solo the training airplane safely in the traffic pattern. At no time will the safety of the flight be in question
  • Complete solo flight in the local traffic pattern as directed by the instructor
  • Competently perform preflight duties and all other procedures and maneuvers for the safe conduct of a solo flight with the Chief Flight Instructor
  • Undergo additional instruction, if necessary to ensure that the student meets the standards for advancing to stage 2
  • Understand collision avoidance procedures and runway incursion avoidance at an 80% proficiency level
  • Become familiar with radar, transponder and services for VFR aircraft at an 80% proficiency level
  • Identify and explain services provided by FSS at an 80% proficiency level
  • Understand radio communication equipment and phraseology
  • Gain a basic understanding of the sources of flight information, particularly the AIM and AC

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS I

AVP 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5134 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate required aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

PRIVATE PILOT IV

AVP 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5144 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to successfully complete the navigation and cross country flight portion of flight training. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 115 or equivalent.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain runway conditions that necessitate the use of short and soft field takeoffs and landings
  • Demonstrate the correct procedure for short and soft field takeoffs and landings
  • Perform ground reference maneuvers while maintaining altitude within 150 feet
  • Perform short, soft and normal takeoffs while airspeed varies no more than 5 knots
  • Perform Short, soft and normal landings within 300 feet of desired touchdown point
  • Perform takeoffs and landings, stall series, slow flight and ground reference maneuvers
  • Perform takeoffs and landings while maintaining good directional control and flying stabilized approach
  • Demonstrate basic understanding of VOR/ADF orientation, tracking and homing
  • Display the correct unusual attitude recovery techniques and be able to imitate emergency climbs and descents using communications and NAV facilities
  • Demonstrate the skill to perform cross-country flight safely as the sole occupant of the airplane while using NAV systems and RADAR services
  • Navigate to and land at an airport more than 50 n.m. from the original departure point
  • Demonstrate complete preflight planning, weather analysis, use of FAA publications, adherence to the preflight plan using dead reckoning and pilotage

PRIVATE PILOT V

AVP 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5154 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Provides the knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to read and understand disseminated weather reports and forecasts. Meets the requirements for cross country navigation and basic instrument flight. Prerequisite: AVP 125 or equivalent.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate complete preflight planning, weather analysis, use of FAA publications, adherence to the preflight plan using dead reckoning and pilotage
  • Demonstrate competency in basic attitude instrument flying at night
  • Control altitude within 150 feet in basic maneuvers during night flight
  • Demonstrate skill in performing short and soft field takeoffs and landings at night
  • Display the correct recovery techniques from stalls and unusual attitudes during night flights
  • Demonstrate skill in performing short and soft field takeoffs and landings at night
  • Display the correct recovery techniques from stalls and unusual attitudes during night flights
  • Initiate emergency climbs and descents by instrument reference during night flight
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of altitude control
  • Control altitude within 150 feet during basic flight maneuvers and recover from stalls with a minimum loss of latitude
  • Complete 5 takeoffs and landings to a full stop
  • Perform stabilized landing approaches with touchdown at a predetermined area on the runway

PRIVATE PILOT VI

AVP 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5164 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Gain the proficiency to meet the requirements necessary for FAA Private Pilot Certification with an Airplane Category and Single-Engine Class Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 130 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform listed maneuvers as assigned by the instructor to the proficiency criteria established by the Private Pilot Practical Test Standards
  • Practice flight maneuvers and procedures assigned by the instructor with emphasis on correcting deficient areas in preparation for the final stage check
  • The Chief Flight Instructor will evaluate the student’s ability to perform all maneuvers outlined in the PTS to FAA Private Pilot proficiency standards
  • Perform all Private Pilot maneuvers to the proficiency standards required by the PTS for Private Pilot Certification
  • Become familiar with the accepted procedures and concepts pertaining to aeronautical decision making and judgment, including CRM
  • Gain an understanding of aeronautical decision-making and judgment
  • Develop a sound understanding of the planning process for a cross-country flight
  • Become familiar with the details of flying a typical cross-country flight, including evaluation of in-flight weather and decisions for alternative actions
  • Complete, stage 3 examination on aircraft performance, navigation, aeronautical decision making and cross-country with a minimum score of 80%
  • Complete final examination A, with a minimum score of 80%
  • Complete final examination B, with a minimum score of 80%

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS II

AVP 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5174 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

INSTRUMENT PILOT I

AVP 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5194 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
5184 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Introduces skills that will establish a strong foundation in basic attitude instrument flying and basic instrument navigation. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct takeoffs and landings at or exceeding the Private Pilot level. Control aircraft under instrument reference with full panel instruments
  • Demonstrate an understanding of and basic competence in full panel instrument attitude control.
  • perform aircraft control under instrument reference while maintaining altitude within 200 feet, heading within 15 degrees and airspeed within 15 knots
  • Display an understanding of the aircraft systems related to IFR operations and the importance of IFR takeoff preparations
  • Exhibit a basic understanding of systems and equipment related to IFR operations
  • Precisely control the airplane using full panel instrument reference
  • Recognize the approach of stalls and demonstrate the correct recovery procedures from unusual flight attitudes
  • Recognize and understand the effect of instrument systems and equipment malfunctions
  • Recognize the chain in instrument crosscheck necessary to maintain aircraft control while using partial panel procedures
  • Demonstrate a basic understanding of IFR systems operation and recognize systems and equipment malfunctions
  • Recognize and recover from stalls using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference

INSTRUMENT PILOT II

AVP 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
51A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Perform precision attitude instrument flight, including advanced navigation techniques and procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 140 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize and recover from stalls using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Perform correct recovery technique’s from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Display basic knowledge of VOR interception and radial tracking
  • Demonstrate increased competency in basic VOR and ADF procedures
  • Demonstrate increased proficiency in all VOR procedures
  • Demonstrate increased understanding of NDB procedures
  • Complete the instrument rating exercises in the FAR/ AIM with an 80% or higher
  • Demonstrate understanding of airport environment and lighting, as well as airspace usage and sources of flight information during oral quizzing
  • Complete chapter 3 questions for section A with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of enroute and terminal ATC services during oral quizzing
  • Complete chapters 3 B questions with a minimum passing score of 80%.

INSTRUMENT PILOT III

AVP 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
51C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Apply advanced navigation techniques and perform holding pattern entry procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 145 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate increased proficiency in full and partial panel VOR procedures
  • Understand concepts involved with localizer tracking
  • Demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation in full panel and partial panel situations
  • Perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Demonstrate the correct recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude
  • Demonstrate accurate VOR and NDB orientation and tracking at all times
  • Perform correct recovery techniques from unusual attitudes using full and partial panel instrument reference
  • Use recovery techniques from stalls using positive control techniques with a minimum loss of altitude
  • Demonstrate basic understanding and proficiency in VOR and NDB holding pattern procedures
  • Maintain orientation at all times during both standard and nonstandard VOR holding procedures
  • Exhibit basic understanding and skill in standard NDB holding procedures
  • Perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICE III

AVP 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51G4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
51F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

INSTRUMENT PILOT IV

AVP 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51J4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
51H4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Perform holding patterns and instrument approach procedures. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 150 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns
  • Explain and use the information displayed on the approach charts
  • Execute several initial and intermediate approach segments to arrive at the final approach fix
  • Complete the final approach and let down to the missed approach fix
  • Demonstrate the missed approach procedure as appropriate to the published chart used
  • Exhibit knowledge of front and back course localizer tracking while maintaining specific descent rates and altitudes
  • Demonstrate glide slope bracketing, using altitude changes to control airspeed and descent rates
  • Interpret and integrate information presented in graphic weather products during an oral quiz
  • Complete Chapter 9D questions with a minimum score of 80%

INSTRUMENT PILOT V

AVP 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51L4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
51K4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Perform cross country flight using advanced navigation procedures. Use ATC communication procedures and conduct instrument departures, arrivals, and approaches. Prerequisite: AVP 155 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic understanding and proficiency in VOR and NDB holding pattern procedures
  • Maintain orientation at all times during both standard and non-standard VOR holding procedures
  • Exhibit basic understanding and skill in performing standard NDB holding procedures
  • Demonstrate skill and knowledge to perform the correct holding pattern entries and procedures for standard and non-standard on-station holds
  • Demonstrate ability to fly non-standard NDB and localizer holding patterns using appropriate entry, timing, and wind correction procedures
  • Perform the correct entry procedures for intersection and DME holding patterns
  • Explain and use the information displayed on the approach charts
  • Execute several initial and intermediate approach segments to arrive at the final approach fix
  • Complete the final approach and let down to the missed approach fix
  • Demonstrate the missed approach procedure as appropriate to the published chart used
  • Perform a no-gyro radar approach
  • Demonstrate proficiency in holding patterns, non-precision approaches and missed approaches

INSTRUMENT PILOT VI

AVP 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51N4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75
51M4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Acquire the flight and aeronautical knowledge proficiency required for the issuance of the FAA Instrument-Airplane Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 160 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate thorough understanding of cross-country and simulated emergency procedures appropriate for the aircraft
  • Exercise command of the aircraft at all times, using sound judgment and accurately comply with ATC procedures and clearances
  • Develop competency and skill in utilizing resource management and decision making skills.
  • Understand appropriate emergency procedures and resource management and decision making for enroute IFR operations
  • Demonstrate complete understanding of IFR cross-country procedures
  • Perform all IFR and pertinent simulated emergency procedures at the instrument pilot proficiency level as outline in the current PTS
  • Demonstrate understanding of weather factors and weather hazards during oral quizzing.
  • Complete Chapter 9 A, B questions with a minimum score of at least 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of information contained in printed weather reports and forecasts during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 9C questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Interpret and integrate information presented in graphic weather products during an oral quiz
  • Complete Chapter 9D questions with a minimum score of 80%

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS IV

AVP 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51Q4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75
51P4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. Web-Enhanced South Hill Campus Room 105 $29.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

COMMERCIAL PILOT I

AVP 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51R4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Acquire initial VFR cross-country flight training. Pilotage, dead-reckoning, and radio navigation will be covered. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate, Instrument-Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate ability to act as pilot in command on a cross country flight of at least two hours to include a straight line distance of 100 nm from Clover Park
  • Demonstrate knowledge of and the precautions and procedures appropriate to flying at night.
  • Use sound judgment during pilot in command night flight
  • Demonstrate understanding of the airport environment, airspace, and flight information during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate understanding of weather factors, weather hazards, printed reports and forecasts and graphic weather products during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 3A and Chapter 9 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%

COMMERCIAL PILOT II

AVP 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51S4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional VFR cross-country flight training. Additional flight training will encompass mountain flying techniques and local night flight operations. Prerequisite: AVP 175 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Use sound judgment during pilot in command night flight
  • Demonstrate correct operating procedures for night cross-country flights
  • Perform a two hour cross-country at night with the destination at least 100mn from Thun Field
  • Conduct a solo night flight to an airport with an operating control tower and perform takeoff and landings.
  • Complete Chapter 3A and Chapter 9 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of pilotage and dead reckoning methods for cross-country VFR flight during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the physiological factors, especially vision, affecting the pilot in flight operations during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate understanding of FAR and NTSB Part 830 during oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT III

AVP 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51T4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive final training in VFR cross-country flight and night operations. The necessary cross-country flight hours required for Commercial Pilot Certification will be completed. Prerequisite: AVP 180 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct a solo night flight to an airport with an operating control tower and perform takeoff and landings
  • Demonstrate ability to perform night flight to a level required of a Commercial Pilot
  • Demonstrate ability to accomplish a night cross-country flight
  • Explain operational and safety considerations associated with night cross-country flights
  • Demonstrate skill in cross-country planning by selecting optimum cruising altitudes and appropriate check points
  • Demonstrate fuel planning by accurately calculating fuel burn and provisions for an adequate reserve upon landing
  • Conduct a solo cross-country to a point more than 50 nm from the departure point and gain proficiency at operating at unfamiliar airports
  • Conduct a solo cross country flight
  • Gain proficiency conducting cross-country operations using radio navigation
  • Conduct a solo cross-country and compare the revised ETA to the ATA at each checkpoint. The difference should not be greater than 5 minutes
  • Conduct a cross-country flight with landings at a point exceeding 50 nm from the school, while adhering accurately to the preplanned navigation log

COMMERCIAL PILOT IV

AVP 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51U4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive initial flight and ground training in high performance Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flight maneuver training includes chandelles, lazy eights, steep power turns, and accuracy landings. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 185 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Gain proficiency in planning and performing slow flight, stalls and ground reference maneuvers
  • Display a working knowledge of airplane systems
  • Exhibit at least Private Pilot proficiency in the performance of basic flight operations
  • Demonstrate pilot in command proficiency in the training aircraft by being familiar with flight characteristics, systems and emergency procedures
  • Demonstrate pilot in command proficiency in the training aircraft with the flight characteristics, systems and emergency procedures per PTS standards
  • Demonstrate understanding of weather factors, weather hazards, printed reports and forecasts and graphic weather products during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 9 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Complete chapter 10 questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate through oral quizzing that the student has a thorough knowledge of chapter’s 9, 10.
  • Demonstrate understanding of Chapter 3-9 through oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT V

AVP 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51V4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Gain additional aeronautical knowledge and flying skills necessary for the performance of advanced precision flight maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 210 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate pilot in command proficiency in the training aircraft by being familiar with flight characteristics, systems and emergency procedures
  • Demonstrate proficiency in the smooth and accurate performance of the stall series, slow flight and specialty takeoff and landings
  • Demonstrate the correct procedure for short and soft field takeoffs and landings, with all landings not more than 100 feet beyond the selected point
  • Demonstrate steep power turns
  • Perform basic ground reference maneuvers while maintaining a specified altitude and ground track.
  • Display an understanding of the entry, performance, and recovery from, steep turns, chandelles, stall and spin recognition and recovery
  • Demonstrate correct entry and recovery procedures during the performance of lazy eights, chandelles, normal takeoffs and landings and eights on pylons
  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Demonstrate understanding of retractable landing gear systems during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11C questions with a minimum score of at least 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of advanced aerodynamic concepts during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 12A questions with a minimum score of 80%

COMMERCIAL PILOT VI

AVP 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51W4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive advanced training in all the required Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flying proficiency in these maneuvers will meet the requirements set forth in the FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 215 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Perform stall series, mca, steep power turns, chandelles, lazy eights, eights on pylons, accuracy landings and short and soft takeoffs and landings
  • Demonstrate Commercial Pilot proficiency as outlined in the current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards
  • Demonstrate understanding of maximum performance takeoffs and landings during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14A with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of steep turns and chandelles during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14B, C questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of lazy eights and eights on pylons during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14 D&E questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of commercial pilot emergency procedures during oral quizzing
  • Demonstrate understanding of commercial pilot emergency procedures during oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS V

AVP 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51X4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

COMMERCIAL PILOT VII

AVP 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51Y4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Basic flight maneuvers and aircraft systems will be covered. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 220 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Gain proficiency in planning and performing slow flight, stalls and ground reference maneuvers.
  • Display a working knowledge of airplane systems
  • Exhibit at least Private Pilot proficiency in the performance of basic flight operations
  • Demonstrate understanding of high performance powerplants during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11A questions with at least an 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of environmental and ice control systems during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11B questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of retractable landing gear systems during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11C questions with a minimum score of at least 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of advanced aerodynamic concepts during oral quizzing

COMMERCIAL PILOT VIII

AVP 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51Z4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Advanced flight maneuvers as well as emergency procedures will be mastered. Prerequisite: AVP 230 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Exhibit at least Private Pilot proficiency in the performance of basic flight operations
  • Demonstrate proficiency in the smooth and accurate performance of the stall series, slow flight and specialty takeoff and landings
  • Demonstrate the correct procedure for short and soft field takeoffs and landings, with all landings not more than 100 feet beyond the selected point
  • Demonstrate steep power turns
  • Perform basic ground reference maneuvers while maintaining a specified altitude and ground track
  • Display an understanding of the entry, performance, and recovery from, steep turns, chandelles, stall and spin recognition and recovery
  • Demonstrate correct entry and recovery procedures during the performance of lazy eights, chandelles, normal takeoffs and landings and eights on pylons
  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Demonstrate ability to understand and calculate aircraft performance data during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 11B questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of aircraft weight and balance computations and performance effects during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 12C questions with a minimum passing score of 80%

COMMERCIAL PILOT IX

AVP 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AA 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Increase proficiency in advance flight maneuvers and emergency procedures. Obtain logbook endorsement for the operation of High Performance Airplanes. Prerequisite: AVP 235 or equivalent.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all of the current Commercial Pilot maneuvers outlined in the Commercial PTS
  • Perform stall series, mca, steep power turns, chandelles, lazy eights, eights on pylons, accuracy landings and short and soft takeoffs and landings
  • Demonstrate Commercial Pilot proficiency as outlined in the current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards
  • Demonstrate understanding of lazy eights and eights on pylons during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 14D,E questions with a minimum passing score of 80%
  • Demonstrate understanding of commercial pilot emergency procedures during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 13A questions with a minimum score of 80%
  • Demonstrate thorough understanding of the commercial pilot decision making during oral quizzing
  • Complete Chapter 13B questions with 80% accuracy or better
  • Complete stage 5 exam with a minimum score of 80%
  • Complete End-of Course Examination with a minimum passing score of 80% or better

COMMERCIAL PILOT X

AVP 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AB 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive initial preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 240 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Performance and knowledge of each commercial pilot maneuver should meet standards outline in current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standard
  • Perform lazy eights with symmetrical loops, eights on pylons , chandelles and steep turns with smoothness and coordination
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the important performance elements of chandelles, lazy eights and eights on pylons
  • Performance and knowledge of each commercial pilot maneuver should meet standards outline in current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standard

COMMERCIAL PILOT XI

AVP 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AC 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 245 or equivalent.

Course Outcomes

  • Performance and knowledge of each commercial pilot maneuver should meet standards outline in current Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standard
  • Demonstrate familiarity with the flight characteristics, systems, and emergency procedures listed in this lesson
  • Demonstrate a high degree of proficiency in assigned instrument procedures
  • Demonstrate familiarity with the complex aircraft flight characteristics, systems, and emergency procedures assigned
  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers in a complex aircraft

COMMERCIAL PILOT XII

AVP 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AD 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive final advanced preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 250 or equivalent.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers in a complex aircraft
  • Demonstrate ability to safely act a pilot in command of the complex aircraft during cross-country flights
  • Display a basic competency in the normal and urgency procedures in a complex aircraft
  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers and instrument maneuvers during a stage check and demonstrate competency which exceeds PTS standards
  • Fly instrument approaches while following the step-by-step procedure published on the approach chart
  • Display ability to descend to MDA or DH at the proper rate to a position from which a straight in or circle to land can be made
  • Perform commercial pilot maneuvers to Commercial Pilot PTS standards
  • Demonstrate during stage check complete understanding of VFR and IFR procedures, while exercising skill and judgment required of the PIC

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS VI

AVP 257

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AF 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate mastery of flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate aeronautical knowledge required for flight operations and pilot certification

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR I

AVP 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AG 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Receive initial training in teaching and learning theory as well as overall review of commercial pilot aeronautical knowledge subject areas. Student will be trained to fly the aircraft from the right seat to Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot; Airplane Certificate and Instrument Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform and analyze basic flight maneuvers from the right seat of the training aircraft
  • Correctly perform and analyze slow flight, stalls, and slips from the right seat of the training aircraft
  • Accurately perform stall series, slow flight and slips from the right seat and develop the ability to perform maximum performance takeoffs and landings
  • Perform and analyze steep power turns and emergency procedures from the right seat of the training aircraft
  • Perform and correctly explain the elements required for performing chandelles and lazy-eights
  • Perform preflight preparation, normal and specialty takeoffs and landings, go-arounds and emergency procedures to Commercial Pilot PTS standards
  • Perform ground reference maneuvers, slow flight and stall series, chandelles, lazy-eights and emergency procedures to Com. Pilot PTS standards
  • Analyze and perform basic flight maneuvers and commercial maneuvers from the right seat during a stage check with the Chief Flight Instructor
  • Demonstrate knowledge of how people learn, the laws of learning and the procedures used to enhance learning through oral or written quizzing
  • Identify basic human needs, list defense mechanisms, identify means of controlling behavior, and state role of instructor during oral quiz
  • Identify the basic elements of communications process and list the barriers to effective communication during oral or written quizzing
  • List, define and describe the four -step teaching process during oral or written quizzing

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR II

AVP 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AH 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Master proper teaching techniques from the right seat of the training aircraft. Develop proficiency in conducting aeronautical knowledge briefings. Successful completion will result when knowledge and proficiency meet and/or exceed FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 260 or equivalent. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on basic flight maneuvers and be able to detect , analyze and correct any errors during the flight
  • Prepare a lesson plan and develop instructional techniques necessary to teach basic flight maneuvers including stalls and slips
  • While using a prepared lesson plan, practice and review the listed basic flight maneuvers to further develop instructional techniques
  • Perform specialty takeoff and landings, go-arounds and simulated emergency procedures to the proficiency level set forth in the Flight Instructor PTS
  • Perform the stall series and spin entries and recoveries, both left and right
  • Recognize the on-set of a spin and demonstrate prompt recoveries from spin entries
  • Perform all private and commercial flight maneuvers to Flight Instructor PTS proficiency standards from the right seat using a student prepared lesson plan
  • Demonstrate proficiency exceeding the requirements of the Practical Test Standards during an oral examination on aeronautical knowledge
  • Demonstrate proficiency exceeding the requirements of the Practical Test Standards during a flight test on private and commercial flight maneuvers
  • Identify and define the elements of flight instructor characteristics and responsibilities
  • Define and describe the various elements of a lesson plan and construct a sample lesson plan within a 30 minute period
  • During an oral quiz, demonstrate aeronautical knowledge that meets or exceeds the knowledge required by the current Instructor PTS standards

INSTRUMENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

AVP 268

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
51AJ 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Acquire the aeronautical knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to obtain an FAA Instrument Flight Instructor Rating added to their Certified Flight Instructor Certificate. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane Certificate with Instrument Airplane Rating Certified Flight Instructor-Airplane Certificate. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Smoothly and accurately perform basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers and analyze the elements of each maneuver
  • Demonstrate increased skill in the performance of basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers
  • Demonstrate ability to accurately perform navigation tasks using VOR and ADF navigation
  • Demonstrate ability to accurately perform and correctly analyze basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers, navigation, and holding patterns
  • Accurately perform and analyze instrument approaches to the level described in the current Practical Test Standards
  • Perform and accurately analyze the elements of instrument approaches, holding patterns and emergency procedures to the current PTS standards
  • During a Stage Check with the Chief Flight Instructor, perform and analyze instrument approaches, holding patterns, and emergency procedures
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on basic attitude instrument flight maneuvers
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan basic elements of VOR and ADF navigation
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on VOR, ADF, and holding patterns while recognizing and detecting common student errors
  • Prepare and follow a lesson plan on the execution of instrument approaches while recognizing and correcting common student errors
  • Using a prepared lesson plan, perform all flight maneuvers required for the Instrument Instructor Rating to a level exceeding the standards in the PTS

CHOCOLATE I

BAKE 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3504 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 10 a.m. 1 p.m. TTh Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 4

Explores the different types of chocolate used in making assorted treats, candies and garnishes. Various methods of tempering, chocolate decorating, fudges, truffles and other candies will be identified.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the variety of chocolates used and their coco butter content
  • Understand the importance and proper way to store chocolate
  • Understand what it means to temper chocolate
  • Identify the different methods of tempering chocolate
  • Produce a variety of chocolate decorations
  • Produce a variety of chocolate truffles
  • Produce dipped chocolates and bar chocolates including fudge

PATISSERIE I

BAKE 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3514 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 6 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to attain fundamental cooking, time-management and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins and cookies; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic baking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

PATISSERIE II

BAKE 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3524 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 6 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate intermediate baking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

FROZEN DESSERTS

BAKE 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3534 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 10 a.m. 1 p.m. TTh Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 3

Explores the world of frozen desserts. Students will develop recipes for various frozen desserts such as gelato, sorbets, parfaits and ice creams along with savory desserts with the use of herbs, spices and vegetables. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the difference between Gelato, French Ice Cream and American Ice Cream
  • Develop recipes for savory frozen desserts
  • Demonstrate proper freezing techniques for sorbet, sherbet, and ice creams
  • Create unique flavors of gelato, ice creams, sorbet, sherbet, and frozen desserts
  • Identify thickening agents used in different frozen desserts
  • Demonstrate the various ways you can mold decorate frozen desserts

YEAST BREADS

BAKE 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3544 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 1 p.m. MWF Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the techniques used with starters and yeasts. Students will demonstrate how to cultivate yeast and proper proofing and baking techniques, along with completing a variety of yeast breads.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the different effect on breads caused by using different types of ovens
  • Demonstrate proper proofing techniques for different styles of bread
  • Explain the different types of yeasts and the benefits of using each one
  • Develop recipes using the Baker’s Percentage method
  • Use proper scaling technique
  • Demonstrate successful execution of sourdough, whole wheat, white, and savory breads

PATISSERIE III

BAKE 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3554 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 6 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of managing, training, and mentoring fellow classmates. Provides students with the opportunity to further refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate advanced Baking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

RETAIL AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

BAKE 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
32D4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 23, Rm. 102 $75

Credits: 4

Familiarizes students with all aspects of retail service, cashiering and retail displays. Included are opening/closing procedures, retail layout and presentation, customer service, leadership, sanitation and safety, proper cash handling, and sales techniques. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand and model merchandising product to customers
  • Plan and execute a pre-shift meeting
  • Utilize proper cash handling in a retail environment
  • Understand and execute opening and closing procedures
  • Practice appropriate retail sanitation and safety
  • Demonstrate the ability have a consultation with customers for specialty items and events
  • Produce a plan for displaying items based on sales and marketing plan

CAKES II

BAKE 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3564 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 1 p.m. MWF Newman, S. In-Person Bldg. 23, Rm. 101 $54.75

Credits: 3

Introduces students to advanced cakes such as high ratio, chiffon cakes, and torts along with buttercream icings and fondant. Temperature and environmental factors in cake making will also be covered. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the effects of altitude, ph, specific gravity and batter temperature has on cakes
  • Demonstrate the proper technique for high ratio cakes
  • Demonstrate the proper technique for chiffon cakes and torts
  • Identify the different types of buttercream icing
  • Produce a working fondant and demonstrate basic fondant decorating
  • Demonstrate the proper technique for sponge cakes

GENERAL BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&160

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5B34 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Noffke, W. In-Person Bldg. 21 $0
0503 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 10 a.m. WF Noffke, W. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 235 $36

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to cellular biology for students preparing for the health professions. Major concepts include the structure, reproduction, and metabolism of cells; genetics; ecological perspectives; and evolutionary biology. Prerequisites: COMPASS reading score of 81 and writing score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 094. .

Course Outcomes

  • Develop a list of characteristics of living things, and arrange the levels of organization from simplest to most complex
  • Demonstrate the methodology of scientific inquiry by using observation, experimentation, data collection and interpretation in everyday problem solving and generation of new knowledge
  • Recognize that the proper subject matter of science is the natural (physical) world and that all science is based on common laws or principles
  • Distinguish between inorganic and organic compounds, and describe the properties of carbon that make it the central component of organic compounds
  • Identify the major functional groups present in organic compounds and describe their properties and interactions. Compare the functions and chemical compositions of the major groups of organic compounds: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids
  • Demonstrate the special properties of water that support life
  • Compare and Contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. Describe the structure and function of all of the organelles and their relationship to each other. Understand the fluid mosaic model of the cell membrane and how structure is related to function
  • Compare and contrast potential energy and kinetic energy. Describe how the first and second laws of thermodynamics relate to living systems
  • Explain the chemical structure of ATP and its central role in metabolism. Describe the relationship between enzyme properties and types and rates of chemical reactions
  • Describe the interdependence between photosynthesis and cellular respiration. Explain that all three domains of life must perform some form of cellular respiration
  • Discuss the significance of chromosomes in terms of their information content
  • Compare the roles of mitosis and meiosis in reproduction
  • Solve inheritance problems using Mendel’s principles
  • Relate the chemical and physical features of DNA to the structure proposed by Watson, Crick, and Franklin
  • Outline the flow of genetic information in cells from DNA to protein and how this process may be controlled
  • Articulate the scientific origins of biotechnological developments and evaluate the ecological, social, cultural, personal and ethical implications of those developments
  • Distinguish between environmentally induced and inherited abnormalities
  • Explain why evolution is the central theme of all biology, and how heritable variation and selection are the basis for evolution in a given environment
  • Use various laboratory techniques, including compound and dissecting microscopes and gel electrophoresis

HUMAN BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&175

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0505 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Hybrid Online $25
0504 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. MW Korpal, R. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 235 $25

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0506: Tuesdays & Thursdays, 10-10:50 a.m, Jan. 6-March 24, Building 21 Room 235

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0504: Mondays & Tuesday, Jan. 27 & Feb. 24 from 8 a.m.-12:00 p.m., Building 21 Room 235

An in-depth approach to body systems, emphasizing the relationship between structure and functions. A laboratory course appropriate for non-science majors or for students beginning study in life sciences. Prerequisites: COMPASS Reading Score of 81 and Writing Score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 94. Section 0504 is

Course Outcomes

  • Describe, recognize, label or diagram the arrangement of the atom with its subatomic particles
  • Determine bonding types or recognize descriptions of chemical bonding of atoms
  • Calculate pH and determine whether a solution is acidic, basic, or neutral based upon pH
  • Describe, recognize, and determine general characteristics of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids and evaluate their integration into the body via daily nutrition
  • List, describe, diagram, and locate within a cell the organelles and other cellular features such as the cytoskeleton
  • Diagram and describe the cellular processes of replication, transcription, translation, diffusion, osmosis, active transport, mitosis, meiosis, cell life cycle
  • List, describe, and recognize the major function and criteria for the classification of the four basic tissue types: epithelial, connective, muscle, and nerve
  • Label or list, describe or recognize the various layers of the skin and discuss their homeostatic interaction with each other and other body systems
  • Identify the major components of the skeletal system and describe the interaction of these components to the other body systems
  • Compare the types of muscle tissue by gross and microscopic structure, location, and function
  • Identify, describe and summarize the major components of the nervous system and describe the interaction of these components with other body systems
  • Diagram and describe the process of neural transmission
  • Identify, describe and contrast general and specific senses and evaluate homeostatic regulation of the body following internal and external stimuli
  • Locate, summarize and compare the endocrine organs and their hormonal functions within the body to maintain homeostasis
  • Name, summarize, determine function and differentiate the blood components
  • Designate, explain, and trace the heart actions with how they are initiated, identified, and controlled along with the resulting body reactions to these activities
  • Define, generalize and contract blood vessel anatomy and physiology with reference to pulse, cardiovascular disease, and major organ drainage
  • Summarize components and function of the lymphatic system emphasizing relationship to circulatory and endocrine systems and immune defense of the body
  • Label, describe, and contrast the various organs of the respiratory, digestive, reproductive and urinary systems with regard to function, structure and effect on other systems, including a brief summary of pre-natal development
  • Cite and interpret the need for proper nutrition for optimal metabolism with relation to its effect on all the major body systems and processes
  • Communicate summary knowledge of the importance of fluid, electrolytes, and pH balance to maintaining homeostasis with the systems and the body as a whole
  • Explore the systems of the body in the lab using models, posters, virtual models, and examination tools

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I

BIOL&241

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0507 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 8 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MW Korpal, R. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 231 $36
0506 0/24 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Slegers, E. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 235 $11

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0570: Tuesdays & Thursdays, 1:30-2:50 p.m., Jan. 6-March 24, Building 21 Room 235

Provides students with the first course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of cells; tissues; and integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and sensory systems. Laboratory component included. BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) .

Course Outcomes

  • Define, differentiate and correlate Anatomy and Physiology, the study of structure and function
  • Understand the structural organization of the human body including a basic knowledge of the 11 body systems, the organs included in each and their basic function
  • Know anatomical terms, body regions and directional terms
  • Learn basic chemistry and biology concepts as they relate to human anatomy and physiology
  • Develop a full understanding of the structure and function of the four basic tissue types that make up the human body which essentially “carries” out the functions of each body system
  • Specifically learn in detail the structure and function of the Integumentary, Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscopy using their own cheek swab slides as well as prepared histology slides
  • Develop essential dissection skills using preserved cats, brains and eyes
  • Perform basic neurological assessment tests such as opthalmoscopy, otoscopy and visual tests
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with new and recent breakthroughs on topics covered through individual research and scientific paper writing

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II

BIOL&242

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0508 0/24 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 11 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Korpal, R. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 231 $36

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0509: 3:30-4:30 p.m., Tuesdays and Thursdays, Jan. 6-March 24, Building 21, Room 235

Additional Lab Hours for section 0508: 1:30-2:50 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays, 1:30-2:50 p.m., Building 21, Room 231

Provides students with the second course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of body organization and cardiovascular and lymphatic physiological processes. Includes immunology, respiratory, digestive, metabolic, excretory, reproductive and endocrine systems. Laboratory component included. Prerequisites: Successful completion of BIOL& 241 or grade of C or 2.0 or better

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the various concepts and principles presented with each body system to be covered in this course
  • Know detailed anatomical structures of specific internal organs studied
  • Appreciate the function and relevance of individual structures that make up the complete human being
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscope use with sample tissue slides of specific body organs
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Learn basic clinical skills such as auscultation, percussion, palpation, basic EKG reading, blood pressure reading and respiratory evaluation
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common clinical situations
  • Exhibit proficient dissection skills of preserved cats, sheep hearts and kidneys
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with computer-generated laboratory simulations of common clinical situations
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Demonstrate good relational dynamics during group
  • Presentations/homework assignments

MICROBIOLOGY

BIOL&260

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0509 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Hybrid Online $36

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0510: Tuesday, Jan. 27 & Feb. 3 from 3-7 p.m., Building 21 Room 235

Provides students with the content of diversity, structure, and physiology of beneficial and harmful microbes. Laboratory practice in identification of microbial species through culturing, staining, and biochemical testing. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.)

Course Outcomes

  • Knowledge of the history of microbiology as a science
  • Historical perspectives of microbial classification, genetics and disease
  • Relate historical microbiology to current and past events where microbial organisms play a key role
  • Describe the roles of microbes in the environment, food technology, industry, biowarfare, and bioterrorism.
  • Identify and compare categories of cellular and acellular agents known as microbes
  • Identify and compare structures, functions, and characteristics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells
  • Understand the roles of chemicals and chemical structure, bonding, reactions, and organic macromolecules in growth and metabolism of microbes
  • Describe the conditions promoting growth of bacteria and viruses, including metabolism and nutrition
  • Identify and describe a selection of diseases of bacterial and viral etiology, including the structure and characteristics of the organism, the relationship with the host, and host defenses
  • Identify techniques in culturing a selection of organisms
  • Describe historical and current issues of prions and prion implicated diseases
  • Describe genetic transfer among bacteria and the consequences
  • Describe structure and function of the genome, mutations, gene transfer, and their use in recombinant DNA technology
  • Identify mechanisms of pathogenicity and resistance to antimicrobial agents
  • Describe the infectious disease process, symbiotic and parasitic relationships, and epidemiology
  • Identify mechanisms of resistance and immunity to infectious diseases, including nonspecific and specific host immune responses, role of immunization, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency
  • Discuss methods of physical, chemical, and chemotherapeutic control of microorganisms, and the roles of antimicrobial agents
  • Discuss and demonstrate correct technique in microscopy, staining, classification of microbes, along with aseptic / sterile lab techniques
  • Apply basic concepts of microbiology to the world outside of the classroom
  • Understand the diversity in populations affected by microbial diseases and the role of socioeconomic factors in control of these diseases

BUSINESS LAW

BUS& 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
49H4 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Introduces students to business law as it applies to the business world through the Uniform Commercial Code. Examines legal institutions and processes, legal reasoning, and the interaction of law and business. Laws pertaining to business contracts, sales, bailments, commercial paper, employment, agency, business organization, insurance and property are reviewed. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval.

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

CAH 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3034 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online Online $25
3014 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online Online $25
3024 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Scott, P. Online Online $25
3004 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Freyre, M. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 106 $29.75

Credits: 5

Provides students with the basic techniques of medical word building using basic word elements. The class will be organized according to specific body systems and will include key terms and the introduction of anatomical, physiological and pathological terms.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of medical word building using basic word elements
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic terms that provide a solid foundation for medical terminology
  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of major prefixes of position, number and measurement, direction and other parameters
  • Demonstrate proficiency in pronunciation of various multiple medical terms that are common to a medical environment

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PROFESSIONS

CAH 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3044 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Provides an overview of the law and ethics a student should know to help provide competent, compassionate care to patients.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate proficiency in privacy of health information, standards for electronic transactions of health information and claims, security of electronic health information and national identifiers for the parties in health care transactions
  • Demonstrate proficiency by obtaining 7-hour certificate in the etiology, and epidemiology of HIV/AIDS, transmission and infection control, testing and counseling, clinical manifestations and treatment, legal and ethical issues surrounding HIV/AIDS and psycho-social issues of HIV/AIDS
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws surrounding the healthcare health care industry in general, an understanding of the various laws that affect allied health professionals and examine the various ethical issues in health care today per HIPAA
  • Discuss and explore the history and trends in health care, basic health care concepts and skills, various careers and pathways in allied health and personal and professional qualities of an allied health professional
  • Successfully participate in an allied health field study which may include site-visits to profession-specific sites, interviews with allied health care professionals, research job opportunities of various allied health positions and provide wage information
  • Create a professional resume, cover letter and Thank you letter/card
  • Work effectively as a team member
  • Explore, discuss and address cultural diversity in health care

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

CAH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3084 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Mandley, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 106 $29.75
3074 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 3 p.m. 5:30 p.m. MW Mandley, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 106 $29.75
3064 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Mandley, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 106 $29.75
3054 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Mandley, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 106 $29.75

Credits: 5

Provides training in the uses of Microsoft Windows and related programs with an introduction to Electronic Health Records. Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and 10-key techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate keyboarding proficiency at 20wpm
  • Utilize Microsoft Windows programs and apply knowledge through a variety of vocationally related activities
  • Develop and manage technology based specialty related projects
  • Produce a resume, cover letter, educational plan and demonstrate knowledge of their specialty and higher education opportunities in their chosen field of study

INTERMEDIATE COMPUTING

CAM 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6894 0/17 May 4, 2015 May 18, 2015 6 p.m. 8 p.m. MW Stocke, M. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 122 $0

Credits: 1

No description available.

KEYBOARDING

CAS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2014 0/17 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Calip, V. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $29.75
2004 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25
5704 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 3

Use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding techniques; introduction to basic word-processing functions. .

CAS 105 does not meet the computer literacy requirement.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the home row position on the keyboard. Key by touch, without looking at the keyboard. Key at a rate of 20 wpm (words per minute) or more
  • Key the numeric keys by touch
  • Use symbol keys correctly
  • Build keying speed and accuracy
  • Use basic word processing skills to create, edit, and format documents efficiently. Accurately format business letters, memos, reports, and tables

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING

CAS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2034 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWTh Calip, V. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $29.75
2024 0/17 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Wilson, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $4.75

Credits: 3

Explore personal computer concepts from a user’s perspective. In this introductory course, learn computer terminology; run programs; save, retrieve, and search for files; use help; and perform computer maintenance. Develop basic skills in word processing, Internet, email and PowerPoint.

Course Outcomes

  • Use the mouse to point, click, double click and secondary mouse click; describe the Windows interface; arrange open windows; switch between windows; use Help; and shut down Windows with 100% accuracy
  • Start and exit a program, use the calculator and WordPad, copy and paste, save and print a document, open files, and close a frozen program with 100% accuracy
  • View disk contents; sort disk contents; format and copy a disk; and create a new folder on a disk with 100% accuracy
  • Select, copy, rename, move, delete, restore, and find files with 100% accuracy
  • Customize the taskbar, Start Menu, mouse, and keyboard. Students will also create shortcuts, adjust the clock, and use the Classic desktop with 100% accuracy
  • Change the background, change desktop colors, create a screensaver, and assign sounds to program events with 100% accuracy

WORD I

CAS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2064 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25
2054 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. TTh Calip, V. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $29.75
2044 0/17 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Wilson, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $4.75

Credits: 3

Use beginning word-processing techniques while creating and editing business documents. Create tables, columns, envelopes and mailing labels. Work with special features to track and review changes and compare documents.

Course Outcomes

  • Start Word. Create new documents. Insert and edit text, symbols, and special characters. Check spelling and grammar. Correct errors. Use AutoCorrect feature. Save documents using various file formats. Preview and print documents, envelopes, and labels. Organize documents using file folders. Use Word help and the research functions
  • Format text and paragraphs. Change default size of text. Bold, underline, and italicize selected text. Align and space paragraphs. Undo and redo commands or actions. Move, copy, and paste text. Insert and modify content in headers and footers. Add footnotes. Insert manual page breaks. Find and replace text
  • Insert and modify tables. Create bulleted lists, numbered lists, and outlines. Set and use tabs. Apply and format columns
  • Modify document layout and page setup. Change margin settings and page orientation. Review and modify document properties. Go to a specific location in a document. Change and organize document views and windows
  • Create and preview Web pages. Insert and modify hyperlinks
  • Insert, position, and size graphics. Create and modify diagrams and charts
  • Identify the components of business letters and memos. Create and modify business letters and memos
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

WORD II

CAS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2074 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 3

Explore advanced word processing with Microsoft Word. Perform mail merges, create styles, use advanced graphics tools, create basic forms with formulas, and utilize advanced report functions, including indexes. Create macros and modify the Word environment. Prerequisite: CAS 121

Course Outcomes

  • Control formatting options. Create and modify styles. Control pagination
  • Use the Mail Merge Wizard. Insert and edit merge fields in a main document. Utilize other data sources for merged data. Merge and print form letters. Sort and filter data records. Address and print mailing labels. Address and print envelopes
  • Sort lists and tables. Insert and update table formulas. Modify table formats
  • Create and modify basic forms. Create and modify a document background. Protect and restrict forms and documents
  • Insert and modify objects. Use advance layout features to format, position, and resize graphics. Create and modify diagrams and charts using data from other sources
  • Create and manage master documents and subdocuments. Insert and modify endnotes, footnotes, captions, cross-references, indexes, and reference tables
  • Summarize document content using automated tools. Use automated tools to navigate a document including the document map. Save documents using XML. Publish and edit Web documents
  • Activate and modify tracked change options. Manage document versions. Attach digital signatures. Customize document properties
  • Create, edit, and run macros. Customize menus and toolbars. Modify Word default settings
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

EXCEL I

CAS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2094 0/17 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 2:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Calip, V. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $29.75
2084 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 3

Create and analyze professionally formatted spreadsheets. Enter data, formulas and functions. Create charts and insert graphics. Sort and filter lists. Prerequisite: Math 82 skills preferred.

Course Outcomes

  • Open, save, close, and print a file; navigate within and between worksheets; work with ranges; move a selection of cells; work with rows and columns
  • Work with functions; copy and paste formulas, use relative and absolute references; use Average, MAX, MIN, IF, OR, AND, and PMT functions; use AutoSum and Date functions. Use nested functions
  • Format worksheet data, work with fonts and colors, align cell contents, clear and replace formats, use styles, use AutoFormat, format the printed worksheet
  • Freeze rows and columns, use find and replace, sort data, maintain a list using a data form, filter a list using AutoFilter, use Custom AutoFilters, use conditional formatting, insert subtotals, create and use PivotTables, create a PivotChart
  • Utilize the drawing toolbar to enhance worksheets with WordArt, clipart, SmartArt, and autoshapes. Modify cells and graphics with shadows and 3-d effects
  • Add hyperlinks to a worksheet.
  • Create and modify charts
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

EXCEL II

CAS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
20A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 3

Use advanced spreadsheet features and functions to analyze and project data. Learn how to use what-if analysis tools such as scenarios and solver. Create macros; validate data; link worksheets/books; use pivot tables; find errors; and share, merge, and protect workbooks. Prerequisite: CAS 130.

Course Outcomes

  • Create and apply styles and custom number formats. Use conditional formatting
  • Create and use templates. Use a data form. Manage lists using sort, subtotal, filter, and pivot table commands
  • Link worksheets and workbooks. Work with multiple workbooks. Consolidate data and share and protect workbooks. Audit workbooks
  • Use advanced functions
  • Use goal seek, solver, and scenarios to analyze data
  • Create and use macros. Create toolbars and add menu items and toolbar buttons
  • Import and export data
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

POWERPOINT

CAS 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
20B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25
20C4 0/17 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. MW Calip, V. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $29.75

Credits: 3

Create professionally formatted presentations that include animation and transitions. Insert and format charts, graphics, diagrams and pictures. Save presentations for various delivery options.

Course Outcomes

  • Plan and modify a presentation, use help, create notes for slides, preview and print presentations
  • Apply a design template; format the presentation; insert, resize, and recolor graphics; create a table in a slide; add and modify tab stops; create and manipulate a shape
  • Insert slides from another presentation, create a design template, apply graphics and sounds. Create and modify charts, graphics, and SmartArt. Apply special effects and custom animation. Use the Pointer Pen to mark slides during a slide show, hide slides, and prepare presentation materials
  • Apply a design template from another presentation; use integration techniques: importing, embedding, and linking. Create and edit hyperlinks; add action buttons; create and customize a toolbar
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

PUBLISHER

CAS 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
20D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Explore desktop publishing in this project-based class. Create and edit flyers, newsletters, brochures, logos, calendars and various business publications. Use mail merge to create letters and labels. Use tools to edit text, colors, graphic design objects and logos. Prepare files for commercial printing.

Course Outcomes

  • Create and edit a publication
  • Design newsletters and tri-fold brochures
  • Prepare letterhead, mailing envelopes, and business cards
  • Create mail merge letters and envelopes
  • Personalize and customize a publication
  • Create business forms and tables
  • Link a publication to another program
  • Create Web site with fill-in form fields. Use HTML code to enhance the Web page
  • Create macros

ACCESS I

CAS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
20F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25
20G4 0/17 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Calip, V. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 112 $29.75

Credits: 3

Develop basic relational databases as you create, edit, format, and print tables, queries, forms, and reports. Copy records and import tables from another Access database. Define field properties and create relationships. Run, sort and filter queries. Use comparison and logical operators, and perform calculations. Explore the basics of creating a cohesive database.

Course Outcomes

  • Start Access. Create a database. Create, edit, format, and print tables, queries, forms, and reports. Use the Access Help system
  • Define relationships. Specify referential integrity
  • Define fields in a table. Modify the structure of a table. Add records. Copy records and import tables from another Access database. Sort and filter data. Change field characteristics. Add and delete fields. Modify the structure of a table
  • Create a query. Use calculated fields. Calculate statistics. Save a query. Create, run, sort, and filter queries. Use text and numeric data in query criteria. Use comparison and logical operators. Create calculations
  • Use forms to add, delete, sort, find, and filter records. Update the contents of a single field
  • Create reports to display tables and query results
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

Access II

CAS 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
20H4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 4

Course Outcomes

  • Create a Lookup Wizard field and an input mask in a table and define data validation criteria
  • Use the In, Like, and Not operators and domain aggregate functions
  • Use Control Wizards to create a multi-page form with a subform. Add form headers, footers, and graphics
  • Add a subreport to a main report
  • Create and modify mailing labels
  • Export and import using HTML and XML documents, Create, edit, and format a data access page. Create and use hyperlinks
  • Create, run, and edit macros. Design and use switchboards
  • Add a command button to a form
  • Replicate, backup, and split databases
  • Successfully complete a standardized test
  • Understand the risks from Internet usage, email, and using removable devices in multiple machines. Utilize programs to scan for computer risks
  • Use search engines and URLs to find information on the Internet. Evaluate the credibility of Web sites. Understand security and privacy issues
  • Communicate electronically. Open, reply, and forward messages. Attach and open files
  • Understand the legal and ethical use of information and computer resources
  • Successfully complete a standardized test

CHEMICAL CONCEPTS W/LAB

CHEM&110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0511 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Hybrid Online $45
0510 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 2 p.m. 4:50 p.m. Th Celleri, A. Hybrid Online $45

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0511: 2-3:50 p.m., Fridays, Jan. 9-March 20, Building 21, Room 231
Section 0512: 12-1:50 p.m., Fridays, Jan. 9-March 20, Building 21, Room 231

An introduction to chemistry intended for non-science majors. This course looks at how models of atoms, bonding and the structures of materials provide an understanding of common chemical properties and reactions. Co-requisites: Students who have not completed MAT 99 or achieved a COMPASS score of 76 or higher on College Algebra must take MAT 99 concurrently with this course.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the basic terminology concepts of science and chemistry
  • Be able to solve fundamental chemical problems
  • Gain an awareness of the impact of chemistry in the modern world
  • Develop the knowledge needed to intelligently discuss environmental, energy and similar issues of public concern
  • Be able to critically evaluate specific information in terms of problem solving

INTRO TO CHEMISTRY

CHEM&121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0512 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Hybrid Online $45

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0513: 4-5:50 p.m., Fridays, Jan. 9-March 20

Understanding the metric system, atomic theory, bonding, quantitative relationships, solutions, gases, acids and bases, salts, and nuclear chemistry. Lab included. Prerequisite(s): CHEM& 110 or high school chemistry; co-requisite: MAT 99 or higher or appropriate COMPASS placement concurrently with this course.

Course Outcomes

  • List the steps in the scientific method
  • Use the metric system in measurements and dimensional analysis
  • Distinguish between chemical and physical changes
  • Explain the atomic nature of matter
  • Explain the structure of the periodic table
  • Describe the structure of atoms, molecules, and ions in terms of protons, electrons, and neutrons
  • Predict shapes and polarities of molecules
  • Describe the nature of solids, liquids, and gases
  • Write chemical formulas and balance chemical equations
  • Perform calculations using the concepts of moles, reaction stoichiometry, solution concentrations, and the gas laws
  • Explain the concepts of acids, bases, and buffers
  • Use pH in acid/base calculations
  • Work safely in the chemistry laboratory
  • Perform and analyze experiments that require precise measurements
  • Explain and apply the concept of equilibrium
  • Use pH in acid/base calculations

PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS

CIT 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5404 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Meerdink, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W $29.75

Credits: 5

Introduction to programming concepts while enforcing good programming style and logical thinking. Designed for students with little or no programming language experience, it begins with basic general programming concepts and key concepts of structure. Course then progresses to the intricacies of decision-making, looping, array manipulation, and methods. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install and use IDE
  • Create and assign variables in programs
  • Use built-in functions in programs
  • Write programs using strings for input as well as output
  • Create modules and use the modules
  • Create and use lists
  • Write programs using if/else statements and loops

.NET PROGRAMMING

CIT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5484 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Ortiz, J. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Learn to program using .NET Framework with focus on windows and console. Use decision structures, loops, and arrays to solve problems. Apply exception handling and data validation to programs. Use the predefined libraries in .NET Framework to solve problems. Create methods and learn to pass and return arguments. Create classes and use the classes as objects in programming. Use databases to store and retrieve the data from the applications. Prerequisites: CIT 142, CIT 150. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn to use the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to write, run, and debug programs
  • Develop windows forms using controls like labels, text boxes, buttons, group boxes, check boxes, drop down list boxes, etc
  • Write programs that use decision structures like if/else, if/else if, and switch statements. Understand and use the right decision structure to solve problems
  • Create programs that require iteration using for, while, do while loops
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs
  • Use .Net classes like Math, MessageBox, InputBox, etc. to solve problems and lookup the definition of methods
  • Write a class and use it in the Form. Call the methods, static and instance to distinguish between the two. Learn about the scope of variables in classes
  • Use Sql Server database to populate the Windows form with data and also to add and update the data. Use a predefined database to accomplish this

PROGRAMMING WORKSHOP I

CIT 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5424 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Meerdink, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W $25

Credits: 2

Supplement programming fundamentals course to provide the student more practice with algorithms and programming constructs like if/else statements, loops, strings, arrays, and collections.

WEB GRAPHICS

CIT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Webster, M. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 107 $29.75

Credits: 5

Use Photoshop to make your website attractive and fast loading. Use Illustrator to make logos and graphical elements for both interface design and vector animations. Use Flash for banner and sidebar advertisements.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Make compressed jpgs, transparent png’s, and graphical elements in Photoshop
  • Shapes, gradients, type and the vector pen tool in Illustrator
  • Make short animated, banner and sidebar advertisements in Flash

JAVA OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II

CIT 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5434 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 16, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Meerdink, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W $29.75

Credits: 5

Build your problem-solving skills with the fundamental concepts and techniques of Object-Oriented Java programming in analyzing, designing, and implementing computer programs. Practice problem-solving methods and algorithm development to analyze, design, implement, modify, verify, and document computer programs that solve real-world problems. Develop a good conceptual understanding of data and functional abstraction. Prerequisite: CIT 142.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Write classes that solve small scale problems, differentiate between fields and local
  • variables, methods and static methods
  • Apply inheritance to a problem and demonstrate polymorphism and code reuse
  • Learn and use collections like lists, sets, maps, stacks and queues
  • Familiarize with the usage of the JAVA API
  • Use exception handling in code as well as write java documentation

PRINCIPLES OF RELATIONAL DATABASES

CIT 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5454 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Delve into the fundamental concepts, terminologies, methodologies, and system organizations of database management systems. Develop the theoretical foundation of understanding necessary to design, implement, optimize, query and maintain a database system. Propose, design and develop a database, using a relational database management system to reinforce the theoretical concepts.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Compile and Organize Data
  • Understand data types
  • Work with database structures and terminology (tables, records, fields, etc…)
  • Understand and work with relationships such as primary and foreign keys
  • Understand and apply normalization to database structure
  • Define constraints to database field information
  • Gain a foundation is Structured Query Language (SQL)

INTRODUCTION TO GAME PROGRAMMING

CIT 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5494 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 16, 2015 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Experience the ultimate challenge of computer gaming: designing and creating your own computer games. Develop an introductory academic understanding of the various aspects of the game development process, while at the same time, applying basic object-oriented programming techniques to create your own tangible first product. Prerequisite: CIT 143.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn game programming concepts while reinforcing object oriented programming knowledge
  • Get hands on experience with various game development platforms
  • Learn algorithms and algorithm efficiency while developing A.I, physics, and graphics
  • Explore how commercial games are structured
  • Learn how game assets (audio, textures, graphics) are created and imported

PROGRAMMING WORKSHOP II

CIT 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5444 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Ortiz, J. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W $25

Credits: 3

Supplement programming courses like .NET or Java to provide the student more practice with object-oriented programming concepts and collections.

OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS & DESIGN

CIT 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5414 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 12 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Meerdink, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W $29.75

Credits: 5

Explore methodologies and technologies used in analyzing, designing and developing object-oriented software systems intended to solve real-world problems. Build on the Systems Development Life Cycle model initially presented in the CIT 101 course to model and design systems using tools such as CRC cards and the Unified Modeling Language, which includes class, use case, and sequence diagrams. Discuss the theoretical and practical aspects of object orientation. Prerequisite: CIT 143.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn event handling for guis using Java
  • Learn and use source control for source code management
  • Use UML to create class diagrams and sequence diagrams
  • Write JUnit test cases to test the code

ADVANCED DATABASE PROGRAMMING

CIT 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5464 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 16, 2015 12:30 p.m. 2 p.m. MW Ortiz, J. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Advanced database programming using a commercial database management system. Perform object creation, manipulation and control using SQL. Write simple and complex queries to solve problems using arithmetic expressions, functions, logical operators, aliases, etc. Perform different kinds of joins. Create advanced objects like stored procedures and triggers. Prerequisite: CIT 150.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn advanced skills utilizing a commercial DBMS
  • Reinforce design and database theory knowledge with hands on experience
  • Create a medium sized database to demonstrate competence in database knowledge
  • Explore advanced DBMS functionality such as performance testing, automation, security
  • Explore other DBMS systems and their implementations

.NET PORTFOLIO

CIT 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5474 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 16, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Ortiz, J. Hybrid Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Develop a portfolio that uses the concepts learned in .NET classes. Learn and use source control to maintain code, working in teams, and testing techniques. Apply latest web trends in .NET framework to keep current with the industry. Present this portfolio to an audience. Prerequisite: CIT 214. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Configure and use source control to setup a team project
  • Analyze and derive requirements given a problem statement
  • Design classes using a modeling tool from the requirements
  • Write code from the design diagrams
  • Learn and use testing techniques for unit testing
  • Present the project to an audience

WEB DEVELOPMENT I

CIT 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Dague, B. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 106 $4.75

Credits: 5

Introduction to PHP scripting, one of the most popular development tools on the web. This course demonstrates using this tool to create dynamic web-based applications. Provides experience using sessions, cookies and web forms to build easily maintainable, interactive and e-commerce enabled sites. Prerequisite: CIT 206

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the basic syntax of the PHP language
  • Manipulate strings using PHP
  • Perform mathematical calculations using PHP
  • Send email using PHP
  • Create and utilize cookies using PHP
  • Create and utilize sessions using PHP
  • Process HTML form data using PHP
  • Create “sticky” HTML forms using PHP
  • Write modular code using the include () function
  • Create functional registration and login forms using PHP

WEB DEVELOPMENT III

CIT 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54G4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Dague, B. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 106 $4.75

Credits: 5

Combines further studies using PHP scripting and MySQL, one of the most popular open-source database management systems on the web. Explores back-end functionality, interacting with databases and creating dynamic web pages. Prerequisite: CIT 227.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Validate HTML form data using PHP
  • Write custom PHP functions
  • Understand web application security issues
  • Understand multi-dimensional arrays
  • Build an ecommerce shopping cart using PHP and a MySQL database
  • Build a dynamic ecommerce web site incorporating a shopping cart

WEB PORTFOLIO

CIT 233

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54H4 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 16, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Dague, B. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 106 $4.75

Credits: 5

The web portfolio project provides the practical experience of working with a client in the creation of a fully functional website from start to finish. Students can choose to develop a site for an actual client, or to develop a portfolio site showcasing their accumulated body of work. Prerequisite: CIT 229 or co-requisite.

  • Develop an effective web site development proposal
  • Create a flowchart for a web site
  • Design and implement a MySQL database
  • Work effectively with web site clients
  • Summarize a web site project for both a client and oneself
  • Develop a fully functional web site for a client, from start to finish

USER INTERFACE DESIGN

CIT 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Webster, M. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 107 $29.75

Credits: 5

Build a web interface structure that utilizes the principles of responsive web design and allows the structure to automatically reformat itself based on the size of the viewport (smartphone, computer, iPad). Use a combination of HTML 5, CSS3, media queries, and jQuery working together to make a responsive web design Prerequisite: CIT 118, CIT 120.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build an Interface Structure and navigation system that accommodates all view ports using Photoshop, HTML 5, CSS 3, and Jquery
  • Create several navigation systems, including drop menus and buttons with timed animation rollovers
  • Build backward compatible, modular, round corner boxes.
  • Build a Responsive one, two and three column interface structure
  • Apply CSS Media Queries and custom Jquery as needed for structural elements

SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (REPEATABLE, VARIABLE 1-5CR)

CIT 297

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Ortiz, J. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Study an advanced or specialized subject in the field of Computer Information Technology (CIT). This course provides an opportunity for in-depth study of an emerging or specialized topic not yet included in this catalog. The offering is a normal college class taught by an instructor, with the usual textbook, written assignments, lab exercises, and examinations. Course topics offered are announced in the quarterly schedule. May be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits of different topics. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.

INTERNSHIP

CIT 299

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
54B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Ortiz, J. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E $29.75

Credits: 5

Earn college credit by applying learned technical skills in professional work experiences directly related to your studies in Computer Information Technology. Perform 165 hours of part-time or full-time labor as an intern with a public or private enterprise, as a paid employee, or as a volunteer. Study and practice in resume building, interviewing, and job-search skills by actually identifying and then applying for an intern position. Work site supervisor and CIT faculty will jointly evaluate your performance. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Apply and Enhance technical skills learnt in the program on a live project
  • Demonstrate accountability and professionalism at workplace by attending meetings and submitting status reports
  • Escalate issues and seek timely help when tackling a project
  • Share with the other students the deliverables from the internship

PUBLIC SPEAKING

CMST&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0533 0/24 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. TTh Venditti, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $0
0532 0/24 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 7:30 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TTh Venditti, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $0
0531 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. MW Venditti, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $0
0530 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 7:30 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MW Venditti, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $0

Credits: 5

An Open Course Library class; inexpensive course materials. Assists students in developing real-world oral communication skills. Capture the dynamics of today’s business realities and see the benefits of effective communication. Selection of topics, library research, analysis, oral style, use of visual aids, and preparation and delivery of various types of speeches and oral presentations are included. The Internet, email, community interaction, and other practical tools support student learning and increase public speaking skills. Emphasis is placed in principles of cultural diversity. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the nature, value, and requirements of effective public speaking
  • Speak effectively to groups in an academic environment
  • Speak effectively to groups in a non-academic environment
  • Apply principles of cultural diversity to public speaking
  • Employ effective information literacy techniques in public speaking

FOUNDATION FOR COLLEGE SUCCESS

COLL 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2P34 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWTh Holster, E. Hybrid Bldg. 15, Rm. 112 $25
2P44 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 20, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MWF Holster, E. Hybrid Bldg. 15, Rm. 112 $25
2P84 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Bauman, K. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $25
2P94 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. TWTh Felch, C. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $25
2PA4 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. TWTh Felch, C. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 208 $25
2P54 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWTh Staff Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 201 $25
2PC4 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 5 p.m. 5:50 p.m. TWTh Curry, R. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $25
2PB4 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 20, 2015 4 p.m. 4:50 p.m. MWF Curry, R. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $25
2P64 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWTh Hughes, R. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $25
2P24 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWTh Schwarder, C. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
2P04 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 20, 2015 7 a.m. 7:50 a.m. MWF Van Beek, C. Hybrid Bldg. 14, Rm. 201 $25
2P74 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Schwarder, C. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
2P14 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWTh Mollas, T. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 116 $25

Credits: 2

Learn the skills needed to succeed at Clover Park Technical College. This class is designed to prepare students to succeed in college. This course emphasizes college success strategies, study habits and campus resources. Jump-start your college career with a class that 80% of the students who have taken it say contributed to their success at CPTC. Anyone is welcome in Foundation for Student Success, but it is required for certificate- and degree-seeking students with COMPASS placement at or below MAT 82 and/or ENG 82. This course requires attendance at an orientation at the start of each quarter in the Student Center, Building 23.

Note:

The 2P24 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W39 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P14 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W38 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P74 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W42 section of ENG 094. See the description of ENG 094 for details.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify college resources and support services available to students
  • Describe college processes and expectations of students
  • Demonstrate basic skills in operating the CANVAS the Learning Management System (LMS) used for online courses at CPTC
  • Apply a variety of learning strategies and study skills to college coursework
  • Demonstrate self-management techniques including planning, prioritizing, and scheduling to achieve educational, personal, and/or career goals
  • Demonstrate effective communication skills
  • Demonstrate effective problem solving strategies
  • Identify beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors of successful students
  • Explain the importance of participating as an active member of the campus learning community and building mutually supportive relationships with students, faculty and staff
  • Describe effective strategies for managing stress and developing emotional intelligence

MEASUREMENT, TOOLS & SAFETY

CONST105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2204 0/30 April 1, 2015 April 7, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 2

Introduction to residential and light construction applications and trades. Explores and applies safety standards to the use of various hand and power tools associated with the carpentry field.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify carpentry tools and uses
  • Read a standard tape measure
  • Use of fractions
  • Use the adding and subtraction method for measurements
  • Show understanding of how to use a measuring tape
  • Show understanding of proper lifting techniques
  • Demonstrate ability to use proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
  • Identify and correct safety hazards in a work area
  • Be familiar with standard building practices and why we do them

SITE LEVELING, PLANS, CODES & MATERIALS

CONST108

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2214 0/30 April 8, 2015 April 14, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 2

Introduction to use and operation of a builder level, including leveling and squaring a building site. Covers building plans, codes and inspections, and construction materials.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Proper use of a builders level
  • Level and square a building site
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic engineered lumber products
  • Identify basic lumber products

FOOTINGS & FOUNDATIONS

CONST112

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2224 0/30 April 15, 2015 April 27, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Introduction to the methods of construction footing and foundation forms, terminology, and inspections for the typical residential home.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Set foundation footings
  • Set footing Reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Set stem wall forms
  • Set stem wall reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Square, block and support all forms
  • Comply with Code requirements

FLOOR FRAMING

CONST116

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2234 0/30 April 28, 2015 May 8, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Introduction to the construction procedures and terminology used in framing a residential wood floor.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of the floor system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different floor systems (Joists vs Post and Beam)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed for a specified floor system
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns used
  • Be familiar with different Simpson Metal hangers that may be required
  • Identify basic lumber products
  • Comprehend how a floor and foundation interact
  • Demonstrate proper techniques used to build a floor system

WALL FRAMING, SHEETING & CEILINGS

CONST120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2244 0/30 May 11, 2015 May 29, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 5

Introduction to wall framing construction procedures and terminology, the application of ceiling and/or two-story framing, inspections, sheeting and aligning.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of a wall system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different wall systems (balloon framing and platform framing)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes as pertains to wall building
  • Calculate materials needed for walls to be built
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns and headers requirements
  • Familiar with Metal that may be required and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products to be used
  • Demonstrate proper technique for building walls
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOF FRAMING

CONST122

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2254 0/30 June 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 5

Introduction to roof framing and the use of a framing square, including both truss roof and stick-built residential roofs.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roof types and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing construction and finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products used in roofing
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOFING MATERIALS & INSTALLATION

CONST126

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2264 0/20 April 1, 2015 April 10, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Introduction to various roofing materials, including proper installation techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roofing material and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper technique for finishing roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION

CONST130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2274 0/20 April 13, 2015 April 28, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 4

Introduction to basic stair construction, including the application of building codes, stairway arrangements, components and layout.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different stair types and terminology used in stair construction
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to stairs
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in stair construction
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic lumber products used in stair construction
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for constructing stairs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

EXTERIOR FINISH

CONST134

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2284 0/20 April 29, 2015 May 8, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Introduction to the installation of exterior trim, siding, window and door installation, or the equivalent of typical residential homes.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different siding & trim types and terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to siding
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in siding and trim
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply (flashing)
  • Identify basic lumber products used in siding
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for siding and trim
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH I

CONST138

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2294 0/20 May 11, 2015 May 21, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Introduction to interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install Gypsum Wall board, tape and mud seams
  • Install numerous types of wall texture
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install, square and plumb interior doors
  • Install, caulk and prep interior trim
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH II

CONST142

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
22A4 0/20 May 22, 2015 June 3, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Continuation of interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build Standardized kitchen and bathroom cabinets
  • Be familiar with basic kitchen layout to include the working triangle
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper installation methods
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

DECK CONSTRUCTION

CONST146

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
22B4 0/20 June 4, 2015 June 16, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 3

Introduction to outside deck construction, including types, code requirements and safety.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install decks, rails and stairs as required
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

CARPENTRY TRADES

CONST150

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
22C4 0/20 June 17, 2015 June 18, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Smith, D. In-Person Bldg. 05, Rm. 100 $30

Credits: 1

Introduction to trade regulations, other building trades workers, industry and standards organization, and entering the carpentry trade.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different Trades in the industry
  • Be familiar with licensing requirements
  • Compliance with code in all industries
  • Be aware of state and federal organizations affecting workers

INFECTION CONTROL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

COSMO112

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5314 0/20 April 1, 2015 April 7, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 2

Acquire knowledge for successful and responsible infection control, first aid, and safety. Learn concepts of microbiology, safe handling of tools, proper dispensing of chemicals, and how to prevent the spread of bacteria in a school or salon.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand state laws and rules
  • List the types and classifications of bacteria
  • Define hepatitis and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and explained how they are used
  • Explain the differences between cleaning disinfection and sterilizing
  • List the types of disinfectants and how they are used
  • Discuss Universal Precautions
  • List your responsibilities as a salon professional
  • Describe how to safely clean and disinfect salon tools and implements

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR

COSMO116

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5334 0/20 April 8, 2015 April 21, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 5

Learn why professional hair services must be based on an understanding of the growth, structure and composition of hair. Gain skills in evaluating various hair and scalp conditions. Understand the purpose for draping and scalp massage as a foundation for attentive client care services.

Course Outcomes

  • Name and describe the structures of the hair root
  • List and describe the three main layers of the hair shaft
  • Describe the three types of side bonds in the cortex
  • Describe the hair growth cycles
  • Discuss the types of hair loss treatment
  • Describe the options for hair loss treatment
  • Recognize hair and scalp disorders commonly seen in the salon and school and know which ones can be treated by cosmetologists
  • List and describe the factors that should be considered in a hair analysis
  • Explain the two most important requirements for scalp care
  • Describe the benefits of scalp massage
  • Treat scalp and hair that are dry, oily, or dandruff ridden
  • Explain the rile of hair brushing to a healthy scalp
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of shampoo
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of conditioners
  • Demonstrate the appropriate draping for a basic shampooing and conditioning and draping for a chemical service
  • Identify the Three-Part Procedure and explain why it is useful

PRINCIPLES OF HAIR DESIGN

COSMO121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5364 0/20 April 22, 2015 April 29, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 2

Learn design and art principles as guidelines to assist you in achieving designs for the client. Gain skills in the consultation portion of hair design and practice good life skills and professional behaviors for salon success and effective communications.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

APPLICATIONS OF HAIRCUTTING AND HAIRSTYLING

COSMO136

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5394 0/20 April 30, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 14

Introduces the techniques and tools of haircutting and hairstyling. Students will demonstrate proper use and care of all tools and implement effective infection control principles and practices. This course provides foundational skills for good hair design.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF HAIR CUTTING

COSMO141

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 April 15, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75
5304 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTW Deleon, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 4

Presents advanced skills and techniques that enable students to remain current with haircutting trends. Procedures and theory are reinforced to achieve desired effect. Infection control principles and practices are reinforced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independent practical applications of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independently determine proper combination haircuts on men and women utilizing all implements
  • Identify advanced haircutting tools
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

ADVANCED APPLICATION OF HAIRCUTTING

COSMO146

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 April 29, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TW Frederick, S. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75

Credits: 6

Course Outcomes

  • Explain chemical actions that take place during permanent waving
  • Explain the difference between an alkaline wave and a true acid wave
  • Explain the purpose of neutralization in permanent waving
  • Describe how thio relaxers straighten the hair
  • Describe how hydroxide relaxers straighten the hair
  • Describe curl re-forming and what it is best used for
  • Compare the different kinds of advanced straightener’s

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR COLORING

COSMO157

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53G4 0/20 May 21, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75
5324 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTW Deleon, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 6

Introduces the creative artistry of color through the study of color theory, the color wheel, basic color applications and techniques, and basic formulation. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 116, 121, and 136.

Course Outcomes

  • List the reason why people color their hair
  • Explain how the hair’s porosity affects haircolor
  • Understand the types of melanin found in hair
  • Define and identify levels and their role in formulating haircolor
  • Identify primary, secondary and tertiary colors
  • Know what roles tone and intensity play in haircolor
  • List and describe the categories of haircolor
  • Explain the role of hydrogen peroxide in a haircolor formula
  • Explain the action of hair lighteners
  • List the four key questions to ask when formulating a haircolor
  • Understand why a patch test is useful in haircoloring
  • Define what a preliminary strand test is and why it is used
  • List and describe procedure for a virgin single-process haircoloring
  • Understand the two processes involved in double-process haircoloring
  • Describe the various forms of hair lightener
  • Understand the purpose and use of toners
  • Name and describe the three most commonly used methods for highlighting
  • Know how to properly cover gray hair
  • Know the rules of color correction
  • Know the safety precautions to follow during the haircolor process

LAB CLINIC I

COSMO161

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5344 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#1 $89
5354 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. ThF Deleon, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#2 $89

Credits: 6

Expand skills and knowledge by offering services to live models/clients in CPTC’s student clinic, a realistic salon environment. This course reinforces skills learned within the Cosmetology program and provides practice in advanced hairstyling and hair cutting. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 112, 116, 121, and 136. .

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Build and recruit to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

LAB CLINIC II

COSMO162

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53H4 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TThF Klug, D. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 102B $89
53M4 0/20 April 8, 2015 June 12, 2015 3 p.m. 9 p.m. WThF Chiaro, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $89

Credits: 8

Experience hands-on learning in a realistic salon setting. Fundamental and developing skills are reinforced and expanded as students provide services on live models/clients in CPTC’s cosmetology clinic. Effective client/student interaction will be practiced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 and 157, or instructor approval. .

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Perform referral practices to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

LAB CLINIC I

COSMO171

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53B4 0/20 April 8, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WThF Frederick, S. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#2 $89

Credits: 8

Expand skills and knowledge by offering services to live models/clients in CPTC’s student clinic, a realistic salon environment. This course reinforces skills learned within the Cosmetology program and provides practice in advanced hairstyling and hair cutting. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 112, 116, 121, and 136.

Course Outcomes

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices
  • Perform consultation analysis procedures on client
  • Build and recruit to maintain a clientele

COSMETOLOGY SALON BUSINESS PRACTICES

COSMO175

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53C4 0/20 May 5, 2015 May 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TW Frederick, S. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75

Credits: 3

An introduction to the fundamental principles of manicuring and nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease and disorder, and anatomy of the hands. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify two options for going into business for yourself
  • Explain the responsibilities of a booth renter
  • List the basic factors to be considered when opening salon
  • Name the types of salon ownership
  • Identify the information that should be included in a business plan
  • Explain the importance of record keeping
  • Identify the elements of sucessful salon operations
  • Explain why selling services and products is a vital aspect of a salons

ARTIFICIAL HAIR

COSMO180

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53J4 0/20 June 11, 2015 June 17, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. WTh Klug, D. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $75
53N4 0/20 June 15, 2015 June 17, 2015 3 p.m. 9 p.m. MT Chiaro, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $100

Credits: 1

Provides an overview of basic alternatives in artificial hair products and services. Students learn application and removal techniques and select appropriate forms of attachment to achieve intended outcomes. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms as they relate to artificial hair
  • Identify human versus synthetic hair
  • Recognize and identify types of hair pieces
  • Apply and remove current hair extension practices

GENERAL SCIENCE OF NAILS

COSMO182

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53D4 0/20 May 20, 2015 June 10, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TW Frederick, S. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75

Credits: 4

Learn to work with the tools required for nail services and practice fundamental techniques for providing clients with a professional manicure and pedicure on natural nails. Develop skills in safety and sanitation associated with nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease, disorders and anatomy of the hands.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the four types of nail implements and/or tools required to perform a manicure
  • Explain the difference between reusable and disposable implements
  • Describe the importance of hand washing in nail services
  • Explain why consultation is necessary each time a client has a service in the salon
  • Name the five basic nail shapes
  • List the types of massage movement most appropriate for a hand and arm massage
  • Explain the different between a basic manicure and a spa manicure
  • Name the correct cleaning and disinfection procedure for nail implements and tools
  • List steps in the post-service procedure
  • List steps in a manicure and pedicure

GENERAL SCIENCE OF SKIN

COSMO188

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53K4 0/20 May 20, 2015 June 10, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. WTh Klug, D. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $75
53P4 0/20 May 18, 2015 June 12, 2015 3 p.m. 9 p.m. MT Chiaro, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $100

Credits: 4

Provides an introduction to esthetic sciences. Applications in temporary hair removal, skin care, and cosmetic applications are presented. Histology and the recognition of disease and disorders of the skin will be emphasized. Infection control principles and practices will be applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166 or instructor approval. .

Course Outcomes

  • List and define key terms associated with the study of skin
  • Recognize and illustrate the layers of skin and its functions
  • Recognize disease and disorders of the skin
  • Perform waxing and tweezing procedures while observing infection control practices and principles
  • Perform and record skin consultations
  • Perform appropriate facial application as determined by learner
  • List and recognize cosmetics used during make up applications
  • Apply and remove basic, special occasion and corrective make up procedures including eyelash enhancements

ADVANCED HAIR COLORING

COSMO225

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53L4 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 20, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. WTh Klug, D. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $75
53Q4 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 13, 2015 3 p.m. 9 p.m. MT Chiaro, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 208 $100

Credits: 7

Reinforce skills and learn the rational for advanced hair color techniques. Current trend applications as well as corrective techniques will be used. Students will determine and implement all aspects of hair coloring. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 157 and 161, or instructor approval. .

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms and products utilized in professional hair coloring
  • Independently determine and demonstrate proper procedures for virgin and retouch services involving coloring, bleaching and highlighting applications
  • Independently formulate all types of color and bleaching mixtures
  • Perform preventive and corrective steps to avoid or solve hair coloring problems
  • Perform and design trend hair color applications
  • Demonstrate all necessary safety, infection control principles and practices

CLOVER PARK PRACTICAL PREPARATION

COSMO228

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53U4 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 17, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4 $75

Credits: 3

Prepares students to take the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1- 4 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all services required by the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam.

LAB CLINIC IV

COSMO230

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53R4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WThF Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4 $89

Credits: 9

Hands-on learning experience in Cosmetology clinic. Reinforced skills and knowledge will be demonstrated through client and student interactions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 170 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate client consultation as it pertains to requested service
  • Perform requested services interacting with clients
  • Apply acquired knowledge and techniques
  • Demonstrate Infection Control Principles and Practices

STATE BOARD WRITTEN TEST REVIEW

COSMO235

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53S4 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75

Credits: 4

Prepares student to take the Washington State Cosmetology Written Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Quarters 1-4 or instructor approval

Course Outcomes

  • Define industry vocabulary as it pertains to cosmetology
  • Understand the Principles and Practices of Infection Control
  • Complete the Washington State Board of Cosmetology Written Exam

CAPSTONE

COSMO243

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53T4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75

Credits: 6

Independently demonstrate knowledge and integration of cosmetology skills and concepts gained through the program. In this course students submit a cumulative portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program’s student learning outcomes. Students may also participate in work experience opportunities that will round out their skills and prepare them for employment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1-4 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of Cosmetology skills and concepts
  • Develop a Portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program
  • Participate in work experience opportunities

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP I

COSMO248

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53V4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08 $89

Credits: 1

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 33-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

ADVANCED APPLICATION OF HAIRSTYLING

COSMO249

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5374 0/20 April 16, 2015 May 8, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $75
5384 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTW Deleon, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 08, Rm. 207 $100

Credits: 4

Learn advanced hairstyling techniques to stay current with trends. Application of theory and procedures are combined to create specific looks. Infection control principles and practices are applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Independently demonstrate practical applications of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Demonstrate three basic techniques of styling long hair
  • Perform basic braiding procedures
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP II

COSMO250

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53W4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08 $89

Credits: 2

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 66-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP III

COSMO252

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53X4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08 $89

Credits: 3

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 99-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP IV

COSMO254

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53Y4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08 $89

Credits: 4

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 132-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP V

COSMO256

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
53Z4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. In-Person Bldg. 08 $89

Credits: 5

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 160-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

SANITATION IN FOOD SERVICE OPERATIONS

CUL 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3204 0/26 April 6, 2015 May 5, 2015 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 31, Rm. 100 $100

Credits: 3

Presents the principles of food microbiology, food-borne illness and the standards enforced by regulatory agencies. Applied measures for the prevention of food-borne illness and other microbiological factors are incorporated. National Restaurant Association ServSafe Certification. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify common food pathogens and identify measures required for their control according to ServSafe and Pierce County Health code
  • Explain how pest management and cleaning schedules are important to a food safety facility
  • Demonstrate setting up a three sink compartment dish sink per Pierce County health code
  • Identify principles for receiving and storing safe food products per ServSafe standards
  • Classify types of cleaners and sanitizers according to chemical composition and use as outlined by manufacturer
  • Conduct a sanitation self-inspection of a production kitchen
  • List common causes of accidents and injuries in the food service industry and outline prevention safety measures according to ServSafe

PROFESSIONAL COOKING I

CUL 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3214 0/26 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Massey, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 31, Rm. 100 $100

Credits: 7

Provides the student with a general understanding of the professional kitchen. Topics include kitchen safety; dishwasher procedures; how to handle food in a safe environment; selection of and caring for knives; understanding how a professional kitchen is organized; and the rationale, cleaning, and function of kitchen equipment. Students will learn to cut foods in a variety of shapes and to recognize and use a variety of herbs and spices. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify basic kitchen equipment and tools
  • Display proper knife skills, mise en place, hand tools and equipment operations
  • Identify herbs and spices and their uses according to reading and demonstrations
  • Identify cheeses and the different categories of cheese
  • Demonstrate and explain emulsion sauces and gastriques
  • Prepare five infused oils
  • Demonstrate the ability to prepare salads of good texture, color and flavor. These include two tossed, two composed and 2 bound salads

COOKING METHODS I

CUL 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3224 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. In-Person Bldg. 31, Rm. 100 $79.75

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will learn dishwashing and basic food preparation, to read and follow standardized recipes, deli operations, and station organization. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

FOOD PREPARATION I

CUL 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3234 0/26 May 11, 2015 June 16, 2015 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 31, Rm. 100 $100

Credits: 3

Practice and apply the skills of a restaurant cook. Students will learn the importance of organizing and planning their work stations as well as preparing items needed prior to actual cooking. Topics include fruit and vegetable varieties, uses and preparation. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify Classic Mother Sauces and two derivatives, finished dishes to industry standard
  • Identify basic vegetable cuts by name, size and shape
  • Demonstrate the ability to blanch and par cook a variety of vegetables
  • Demonstrate the ability to correctly prepare salad dressings according to industry standards. Must include 3 creamy and 3 vinaigrettes style dressings
  • Demonstrate the ability to prepare cold and hot hors d’oeuvres, and canapés with base, spread, main ingredient and garnish
  • Recognize and prepare risotto, polenta, gnocchi
  • Prepare a variety of egg dishes, breakfast potatoes, pancakes and waffles

COOKING METHODS II

CUL 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3244 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. In-Person Bldg. 31, Rm. 100 $79.75

Credits: 7

Introduces the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. They will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 109.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

COOKING METHODS III

CUL 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3254 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. In-Person Bldg. 31, Rm. 100 $100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 123

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

GENERAL STUDIES

DAS 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7714 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Online Online $25

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to the dental profession and cultural diversity, including the knowledge to correctly recognize and identify the various occupations within the dental field, as well as the terminology necessary to complete all other courses. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify early developments and major contributions to dentistry from early times through modern day
  • Describe ethics and the law as it applies to dentistry
  • Identify various forms of diversity to include discrimination and stereotypes
  • Identify basic anatomy of the mouth, throat, the names and locations of the teeth, their parts, and supporting structures as well as basic dental terminology
  • Describe and demonstrate the importance of the patient record, its contents, legal restrictions to include HIPPA
  • Identify various forms of oral diagnosis and treatment planning and explain the importance of correctly charting oral conditions

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

DAS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7704 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. W Carson-Lewandowski, D. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to the sciences of microbiology, disease transmission, occupational health and safety, ergonomics, and the processes and procedures for infection prevention, disinfection, instrument processing, and sterilization. The student will be able to demonstrate how to prevent disease transmission and the proper handling of infectious and hazardous materials. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify basic principles of microbiology and list steps necessary to control contamination and prevent the spread of disease in the dental office
  • Define and demonstrate how disease is transmitted, how to prevent transmission, the correct handscrubbing and handwashing techniques, and proper use of personal protective equipment in compliance with OSHA and industry standards
  • Explain and demonstrate the proper techniques for disinfecting, sterilizing, handling, and storing dental instruments, equipment, and operatories in compliance with OSHA and industry standards
  • Explain and demonstrate proper handling and spill clean-up of hazardous chemicals and/or infectious materials, understand the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard and how to comply, to read and understand MSDS forms and the CPTC's clinic labeling system and chart, and comply with OSHA and industry standards

DENTAL SCIENCES I

DAS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7724 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 16, 2015 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TTh Carson-Lewandowski, D. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 5

The student will explore information that will assist in accurately identifying oral anatomy, oral embryology, histology, common facial landmarks, and key elements of personal oral hygiene and nutrition. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify types of teeth, describe the Universal Numbering System, list anatomic features of primary and permanent teeth
  • Describe development of an individual during the embryonic stage and identify the composition of the tissues of the teeth, periodontium, and the surrounding oral mucosa
  • Describe and demonstrate the need for and key elements of a personal oral hygiene program for a patient
  • List the concepts of proper nutrition and identify how they are applied in our daily life in order to function at optimal health

DENTAL ASSISTING SKILLS I

DAS 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7734 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 2 p.m. 3 p.m. Th Carson-Lewandowski, D. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to the techniques that will enable them to successfully achieve the goal of proper moisture control to provide better visibility in the operating field, reduce the transmission of infectious diseases, and maintain a safe laboratory environment. Students will learn to take alginate impressions, pour and trim diagnostic study casts, and to accurately record vital signs, including blood pressure, pulse and respiration. Students will be able to accurately identify dental charting symbols. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate selecting and fitting an appropriate impression tray, mixing alginate impression material, placing the material in the tray, and inserting the tray in the mouth
  • Demonstrate efficient moisture control techniques through intraoral evacuation methods
  • Describe and demonstrate safe handling of lab equipment
  • Demonstrate how to accurately obtain a patient's blood pressure and pulse and identify levels that are abnormal
  • Demonstrate how to accurately chart a dental patient's existing conditions and need for treatment at 100%

FOUNDATIONS OF CLINICAL DENTISTRY

DAS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7744 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. T Wirth, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the management of a medical or dental emergency in the dental office. In addition, the student will be introduced to the dental treatment room, including the proper names, descriptions, use and care of dental instruments and equipment used in restorative dental procedures. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the common signs and symptoms of an emergency and how to recognize them
  • Describe how one should respond to specific emergencies
  • List the clinical equipment most commonly found in the dental treatment area
  • Discuss the basic function of the dental unit
  • Describe how to prepare the dental treatment area for a patient's arrival and it's importance
  • Describe how the operator and assistant are positioned during treatment

PRINCIPLES OF RADIOGRAPHY I

DAS 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7754 0/20 May 20, 2015 June 16, 2015 2 p.m. 3 p.m. W Carson-Lewandowski, D. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 1

Introduces the student to the theory of radiographic techniques, including patient and operator safety while exposing radiographs. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and describe proper exposure, as well as, list possible health hazards posed by x-radiation
  • List the precautions that must be taken to ensure the safety of the patient and members of the dental health team with regards to x-radiation

DENTAL SCIENCES III

DAS 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7764 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 10 a.m. 11 a.m. T Carson-Lewandowski, D. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the science of pharmacology, to include the recognition of potential drug interactions and the subject of anesthesia and pain control as it applies to dentistry. This course introduces the student to accommodations for the medically and physically compromised patient in regards to dental treatment. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and describe the reactions, properties, and administration of the drugs used in dentistry
  • Describe methods used to manage pain and anxiety related to dental procedures
  • Describe the equipment and materials needed to properly administer local anesthetic
  • Demonstrate the proper technique for assembling equipment for and assisting in the administration of local anesthetic
  • Identify the four level of organization in the human body
  • Explain the purpose and functions of each of the 10 body systems
  • Describe the signs and symptoms of common disorders related to each body system
  • Describe and locate the bones of the cranium and face, muscles of the head and neck, components of the temporomandibular joint, divisions of the trigeminal nerve, and locations of the paranasal sinuses

DENTAL ASSISTING SKILLS III

DAS 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7784 0/20 April 7, 2015 April 21, 2015 12 p.m. 1 p.m. T Wirth, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 14, Rm. 107 $25

Credits: 7

This course covers the theory and practice of chair-side assisting, including oral evacuation and instrument exchange. Students are introduced to advanced chair-side instruments, tray systems, charting, study models, and rubber-dam application techniques. This course will cover the assembly and placement of matrix systems and construction of whitening trays and nightguards. The culminating project in this course covers the operatory preparation and assisting during restorative procedures. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the process and principles of cavity preparation
  • Discuss the differences between assisting for a composite and an amalgam
  • Describe the need for placement of an intermediate restoration
  • Demonstrate correct placement of a tofflemire, matrix, and wedge
  • Demonstrate correct technique in mixing, placing, and carving an intermediate restoration
  • Demonstrate correct manipulation of a variety of dental cements
  • Demonstrate proper technique in constructing study models appropriate for patient consultation
  • Demonstrate proficiency in advanced patient charting at 100% accuracy
  • Demonstrate correct technique in advanced rubber dam placement
  • Demonstrate correct technique in constructing a niqhtguard and whitening trays
  • Demonstrate proper technique and principles while assisting for composite and amalgam procedures on a mannequin

DENTAL SPECIALTIES II

DAS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7774 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 11 a.m. W Wirth, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 109 $25

Credits: 8

This course explores in depth the dental specialties of fixed prosthodontics, including impression materials and laboratory techniques, removable prosthodontics and dental implants, oral and maxillofacial surgery, and pediatric dentistry. In addition, the student will be introduced to the expanded function of pit and fissure sealants, construction and placement of provisional crowns and bridges, polishing full and partial dentures, and retraction cord placement. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program.

Course Outcomes

  • List indications and contraindications for fixed prostheses
  • Demonstrate proper technique in placing retraction cord
  • Demonstrate proper technique in constructing custom temporary provisionals
  • Describe the types of impressions taken in a dental office
  • List the types of equipment found in a dental laboratory and describe their uses
  • Discuss the safety precautions that should be taken in the dental laboratory
  • Identify indications and contraindications for removable prosthodontics
  • Discuss the indications and contraindications for implants
  • Discuss the role of an oral surgery assistant and identify specialized instrumentation
  • Discuss the importance of the chain of asepsis during a surgical procedure and possible complications resulting from surgery
  • Describe the types of procedures that are performed for the pediatric patient compared with those performed to treat patients with permanent teeth
  • Describe the clinical indications for dental sealants
  • Demonstrate the proper application of dental sealants on a stone model

CERTIFICATION REVIEW II

DAS 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
77A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online Online $237

Credits: 1

This course will prepare the student to take the Radiation Health and Safety exam through the Dental Assistant National Board. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program.

Course Outcomes

  • Take and pass the Radiation Health and Safety exam for the Dental Assistant National Board

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE I

DAS 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7794 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 11, 2015 Arranged Arranged Th Wirth, R. In-Person Arranged $14

Credits: 1

Provides Dental Assistant students with the opportunity to use the skills and information acquired in DAS 103-228. Students will spend 30 hours, three hours a week volunteering in an infection control assistant capacity in a private office and/or dental clinic. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103 – 140 and complete the Infection Control certification prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the materials, lectures, videos, guided practice sessions and assessments, the performance objectives have been brought forward to the clinical experience courses and must be performed with at least 75% accuracy

DENTAL TERMINOLOGY & PROCEDURES

DBOA 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
77B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 4

Introduces information to correctly recognize and identify various occupations within the dental environment. Terminology necessary to complete all other courses. Information provided to accurately identify the names and numbers of teeth in the primary and permanent dentition. Students will complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS course.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and recognize the duties and responsibilities of the various occupational roles within the dental field
  • Recognize and utilize basic dental terminology frequently used in the dental office
  • Research dental treatment procedures
  • Complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS self-study Course

DENTAL CHARTING, SCHEDULING & RECALL MANAGEMENT

DBOA 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
77C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Explores dental charting symbols and treatment descriptions. Develop, decipher and present a comprehensive treatment plan. Covers the necessary information to accurately develop a patient recall system and maintain productive and effective patient scheduling. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the Dentrix Dental Software to learn and practice dental charting, scheduling & recall procedures. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize, interpret and present various charting methods and symbols commonly used in the dental practice at 75% accuracy
  • Recognize dental terms, treatment procedures, and the cost and time involved in dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Demonstrate their ability to develop, decipher and present a treatment plan at 75% accuracy
  • Accurately demonstrate an understanding of the various ways of utilizing time units, dental staff abilities and patient needs to effectively schedule patient dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Develop an appointment matrix and schedule patients for appropriate treatment and appointments at 75% accuracy. These tasks will be completed manually and in the Dentrix Dental Practice Management software
  • Role play as a dental team member in a “morning huddle" classroom demonstration at 75% accuracy
  • Develop a patient recall system electronically using Dentrix at 80%
  • Identify the teeth and radiographic landmarks and mount radiographs at 90% accuracy

DENTAL CORRESPONDENCE & EMPLOYMENT SKILLS

DBOA 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
77D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 4

Explores a wide variety of dental office forms and development of manual and computerized inventory filing systems. Organizational skills are the primary emphasis of this course. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103

Course Outcomes

  • Prepare records for filing, apply alphabetical indexing rules and demonstrate the rules of filing
  • List and explain various types of inventory systems and factors determining supply quantity
  • Construct supply orders for the clinical and business office areas of a dental practice
  • List the components and describe the function of a clinical record and explain the rules for data entry
  • Identify and categorize various types of records maintained in a dental office and distinguish between active and inactive records.

DENTRIX ADVANCED TRAINING

DBOA 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
77F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online Online $25

Credits: 2

Provides expanded Dentrix software skills to students with basic Dentrix Dental Software training and/or experience. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the software. Students will demonstrate setting up practice defaults in the Office Manager module, manage electronic charting in the Dentrix Dental Software, pursue dental insurance claims processing and payment posting processes, and explore and generate management reports. Prerequisite: DBOA 111 and/or industry experience with the Dentrix Dental Software.

Course Outcomes

  • Manage electronic charting in the Dentrix dental software
  • Pursue Dental Insurance claims processing and payment posting processes in the Dentrix software

DRAFTING I

DSN 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3604 0/28 May 6, 2015 May 27, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 6

This course introduces students to the fundamental skills and concepts necessary for interior design planning and drawing, including use of drafting tools, exercises in line weight and line type quality, architectural scale, dimensioning and architectural lettering.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify drafting tools and uses
  • Read a standard tape measure
  • Use decimal equivalents of fractions
  • Use the adding and subtraction method for measurements
  • Show understanding of how to use an architectural scale
  • Identify orthographic drawings/floor plans
  • Draft using proper line-weights, line-types and graphics and symbols to show different elements in the details of a drawing
  • Produce drawings with correct dimensioning style
  • Demonstrate ability to use architectural lettering
  • Complete a drafting project using skills from 1-9 objectives

INTERIOR DESIGN & THE DESIGN PROCESS

DSN 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3614 0/28 April 1, 2015 April 17, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 4

This course will introduce the student to concepts to successfully steer an idea on its journey from imagination to object and to focus on where the idea is going. This introduction describes the nature of a designer’s journey, maps the path a designer will take and explore the path of what happens along the way. This course is an introduction to inspiration, conceptualization, communication, and elements and principles of design and trend spotting.

Course Outcomes

  • Given text book reading assignments and lecture, the student will be able to explain and define the design processes that are crucial for the protection of the health, safety and welfare of the public
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises the student will be able to define the elements and principles of design
  • Students will create their own design dictionary, using the vocabulary assignments from Foundations of Interior Design and learn the new language of design
  • Given lecture and exercises the student will complete handouts for Elements of Style and be able to identify the different periods and styles of interior design
  • Students will create a presentation to identify their own personal style, as they understand it

COLOR THEORY

DSN 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3624 0/28 April 20, 2015 May 5, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 4

This course is an introduction to the world of color, encompassing the following: the three dimensions of color, color systems, color theory, coloring agents, dimensions of color in compositions, principles and elements of design in color, color interactions, symbolisms, influence of color and exercises of putting color to use.

Course Outcomes

  • Given text book reading assignments and lecture the student will be able to give a definition of color and explain its properties, physiology and how light gives objects color
  • Given reading assignments and exercises the student will be able to define the various color systems
  • Given reading assignments, exercises and lectures the student will learn coloring agents, dimensions of color, value of color and intensity of color
  • Given lecture, reading assignments and exercises the student will create a color wheel using value, hue and chroma

INTRODUCTION TO DRAWING AND RENDERING

DSN 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3634 0/28 May 28, 2015 June 18, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 4

Introduction to Drawing and Rendering is a beginning look at some of the drawing methods and materials used by interior designers. This course begins with the fundamental concepts of freehand sketching and gaining the ability to think three-dimensionally. It is also an introduction for methods to communicate your design vision through hand-drawn renderings. This is shown by the use of shade, shadow, texture, pattern, color and material qualities.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify materials, media and tools used in rendering
  • Convey depth to a two-dimensional drawing surface to appear more three dimensional and to reveal the material qualities of the design
  • Show the use of shadow and shade in plan drawings
  • Convey texture, pattern and material qualities in their drawings
  • Sketch quickly to create a close approximation of an object with an economy of time
  • Identify a working knowledge of color theory for renderings
  • Communicate their design vision through hand renderings
  • Identify how perspective drawings offer a natural view of interior space and for this reason is commonly used in design presentations
  • Draw quickly and fairly accurately with an understanding of basic perspective principles
  • Complete exercises using skills from 1-9 objectives

RESIDENTIAL PLANNING, DESIGN & EXTERIOR SPACES

DSN 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3644 0/28 April 20, 2015 May 12, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 5

Completion of this course will provide students with the understanding of interior space planning basics and concepts using diagrams, residential codes, planning guidelines and presentation techniques. Students will also learn exterior elements and finishes that help to enclose the space. Prerequisites: DSN 105, 121.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the function and practicality of space planning along with the aesthetic and holistic aspects of the space through the design process
  • Use bubble diagramming to plan for a particular purpose or set of purposes that cater to the needs and activities of the people occupying the space
  • Space plan using cabinet nomenclature, the subtraction method, kitchen and bathroom planning guidelines and furniture arrangements and clearances
  • Create a client profile and concept board to help the student move on from the methodology of the design process towards a creative response to the program and provide useful parameters in which to design
  • Identify resources for jurisdiction and code research
  • Create an interior floor plan and elevation in scaled delineation
  • Create a perspective drawing of an interior element
  • Identify common exterior elements and finishes
  • Create an illustration of appropriate exterior elements and finishes through a perspective or elevation drawing based on their space planning project, programming information and client profile

DRAFTING III

DSN 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3654 0/28 April 1, 2015 April 17, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 4

Completion of this course will provide students with an understanding of typical planning dimensions and guidelines for residential interiors, as well as proper techniques to combine cabinetry, appliances and applied measurements for graphic presentation standards. Prerequisites: DSN 121.

Course Outcomes

  • Use the techniques of Interior Design Space Planning
  • Use the criteria matrix format technique for visually organizing information of a variety of factors in space planning
  • Use the relationship diagram to transition between the verbal analyses of program development and the completely graphic techniques used in physically planning a space
  • Create a bubble diagram to explore all the planning options of a given space planning problem
  • Create a geometric block plan to develop a floor plan
  • Use of kitchen planning guidelines
  • Use of cabinet nomenclature and appliance checklist and resources
  • Use of the subtraction method
  • Draft an elevation
  • Create a project cover sheet presentation
  • Use of bathroom planning guidelines and plumbing systems
  • Create a visual presentation board for projects
  • Complete a residential space plan and kitchen and bathroom project utilizing stated objectives
  • Demonstrate proper drafting techniques

HISTORY OF INTERIORS

DSN 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3664 0/28 June 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 210 $4.75

Credits: 4

This course is a comprehensive overview of the history of interior design and furniture from antiquity to the present day, with special emphasis on design elements.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the elements of historical and current interiors
  • Create a historical presentation of four distinct periods of design
  • Draw, render and label a traditional paneled wall, using all components

INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGY FOR INTERIOR DESIGNERS

DSN 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3674 0/28 May 13, 2015 June 1, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 3

This course covers basic computer skills for interior designers. Contents include computer use for file management and internet research, as well as introductions to SketchUp and Adobe design software for editing and presentation.

Course Outcomes

  • Open, save and manage computer files
  • Conduct basic internet research relevant to the interior design industry, and save and print important information
  • Create a model of an interior space and related elements in SketchUp and export images of model for future use
  • Scan drawings and renderings
  • Create a design presentation in Adobe InDesign to include a personal graphic/logo, images and text

ELEMENTS OF KITCHEN & BATH DESIGN

DSN 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3684 0/30 April 1, 2015 April 20, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 5

This course is an introduction to the principles and elements of design for kitchens and bathrooms, including basic components, mechanical and lighting systems, color theory and construction applications.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the definition of interior design and different styles of design.
  • Identify project phases
  • Identify available magazine and internet resources for kitchen and bath design
  • Conduct a field survey
  • Use bubbles and adjacencies in space planning
  • Utilize kitchen and bathroom planning guidelines
  • Utilize cabinet nomenclature for planning and specification
  • Identify the use of color theory and harmony in design

20/20 DRAFTING

DSN 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3694 0/30 April 21, 2015 May 12, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 5

Learn to design kitchen and bath spaces using 20-20 Design software. Skills learned will include the execution of floor plans, elevation drawings, rendered perspectives, reports and design layouts.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply 20-20 Design skills learned throughout the course by designing a kitchen based on programming provided by instructor
  • Apply 20-20 Design skills learned throughout the course by designing a bathroom based on programming provided by instructor
  • Create a professional presentation using 20-20 Design page layouts including a cover page, floor plans, and elevations

MATERIALS & ESTIMATING

DSN 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
36A4 0/30 May 13, 2015 June 1, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 4

This course is an introduction to recommending and calculating quantities for cabinetry, appliances, plumbing fixtures, lighting, hardware and surfacing materials for kitchens and bathrooms.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify material for hard, resilient and soft flooring
  • Compute quantities required for surfacing materials for the floor, wall and counter-tops and backsplash
  • Quote the pricing for all surfacing materials, appliances, plumbing fixtures, hardware and cabinets, using the 20/20 Design format
  • Create a presentation board reflecting choices of surfacing materials, appliances, fixtures and hardware for kitchen and bath interior design projects

Business Proced & Sales

DSN 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
36B4 0/30 June 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 4

Completion of this course will provide students with the understanding of business practices generally conducted by interior designers. The study will acquaint students with the basic procedures, documents, ethical conduct, associations and certification requirements within various business formats. This course is designed to address current topics on interior design and help prepare the student for a professional job search.

Course Outcomes

  • Write a professional resume
  • Write a cover letter specific to goals, experience and training of the interior designer
  • Design a business card to be used for interviews with the portfolio
  • Create a mini-portfolio for the interview process
  • Understand the basic business practices used in the interior design profession

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
36C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Houser, S. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $0

Credits: 3

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor Approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 270

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
36D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Bowman, M. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 4

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, students will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 275

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
36F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. In-Person Bldg. 19, Rm. 202 $4.75

Credits: 5

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form ( including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

ISSUES AND TRENDS GREEN

ECE 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41N4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 2

Research topics that cover some of the current sustainable practices and trends in the ECE field.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Research topics in Early Childhood Education and sustainable practices
  • Apply knowledge of Early Childhood Education to research related to sustainable/green practices in the field
  • Write a research based paper and create a project to reflect the implementation of sustainable practices research on work in the field
  • Define and explain the relevance of Sustainable “green” Practice and how it can positively impact the field of early learning

ECE CURRICULUM: SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY

ECE 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4134 0/20 April 8, 2015 May 27, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Lockhart, S. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 205 $3

Credits: 2

Explore the different aspects of early childhood curriculum in science and technology.

Course Outcomes

  • List & apply the principles of science in an early childhood environment
  • List and apply the components of the Scientific Method in an early childhood environment. List and apply the components of the Scientific Method in an early childhood environment
  • Describe the role of the early childhood teacher in teaching science and technology to children
  • Research & list appropriate web sites/software for preschool/school age children’s science curriculum
  • List science & technology developmental skills
  • Identify and create developmentally appropriate activities in science & technology
  • Design developmentally appropriate learning centers that support science, technology experiences
  • Learn about appropriate software for children

From Seed To Table: Gard

ECE 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4144 0/20 April 9, 2015 May 28, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. Th Moore, V. In-Person Bldg. 20 $3

Credits: 2

Discover how important connecting with nature and caring for living plants can be for children. Students will learn techniques to create plantings and cooking items grown to serve at the snack table.

Course Outcomes

  • Learn the value of outdoor experiences in the growth and development of children
  • Relate class activities for literacy, math and science to gardening experiences
  • Build a garden with children with success
  • Create nutritional awareness through activities using items that are grown

PRACTICUM 4: GREEN

ECE 190

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41J4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a sustainable practices or “green” specialization. Includes a seminar component.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer at an instructor approved school or early learning program
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – “Green” (sustainable practices)

PRACTICUM 4: THE EMOTIONALLY INTELLIGENT CHILD

ECE 194

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41K4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with an emotional intelligence specialization. Includes a seminar component.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer at an instructor approved school or early learning program
  • Objective 3: Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – Emotional Intelligence

PRACTICUM 4: WORKING WITH FAMILIES

ECE 198

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41L4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a working with families specialization. Includes a seminar component.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer at an instructor approved school or early learning program
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – working with families

INCLUSION IN ECE

ECE 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4174 0/20 April 8, 2015 June 10, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Edmondson, R. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 3

Introduction to including children with special needs in the ECE field.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the foundations of Early Childhood special needs
  • Demonstrate knowledge of definitions and terms used in Early Childhood Special Needs
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the importance of family-centered planning and involvement
  • Learn ways to assess children with special needs
  • Develop a curriculum which will include children with ALL abilities
  • Develop a learning environment to include children of all abilities

DIVERSITY AWARENESS & CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

ECE 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4184 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 9, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Mcclintock, R. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 205 $3

Credits: 3

Exploring our own cultural awareness supports our work with diverse populations and is paramount to planning for and interacting with young children and their families. In this course, you will explore the various aspects of bias to develop strategies and an anti-bias approach within the early childhood curriculum.

Course Outcomes

  • Define and demonstrate an understanding of bias and its influence on children’s development
  • Examine student’s own awareness of bias
  • Demonstrate a knowledge of important elements of the culture of the children in an early childhood environment
  • Demonstrate an awareness of the impact of community on human development, and ways to nurture a sense of community in the classroom
  • Involve families in a meaningful way to support multicultural experiences
  • Plan activities that foster self-identity by encouraging children’s curiosity, enjoyment, and empathetic awareness of cultural differences/similarities
  • Demonstrate ways to enhance the cultural dimension of the environment
  • Plan activities that implement anti-bias practices in the children’s environment

PORTFOLIO ADVENTURE

ECE 290

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41A4 0/20 April 9, 2015 June 11, 2015 4 p.m. 5 p.m. Th Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 2

Provides the student with the opportunity to compile their Early Care and Education degree portfolio. The portfolio adventure is an opportunity for the student to establish self marketing goals in the field as well as to produce an end product that reflects the student’s best practice, passion, and experience to date in the program and field. Students will receive instructor guidance and feedback and will participate in the ECE portfolio review process prior to graduation.

Course Outcomes

  • Students will finalize their teaching philosophy of early care and education
  • Students will write an autobiography
  • Students will create a short and long range professional growth plan
  • Students will put together work samples from courses they have completed in portfolio format
  • Students will create and complete a portfolio of their “best work” and experience in the program. The final product will be reflective or their own individuality
  • Students will complete a reflection journal that incorporates the portfolio reflection questions as well as their own thoughts and growth experience
  • Students will create a resume and personal marketing strategy
  • Students will participate in a mock interview
  • Students will develop statements that describe how each domain and its approaches toward learning can be facilitated in an early learning program

BASIC CHILD CARE TRAINING (STARS)

ECED&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4114 0/20 April 20, 2015 June 15, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Havens, A. Online Online $28
4104 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 9, 2015 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Holland-O'Hern, C. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 3

Designed to meet licensing requirements for early learning teachers and family home child care providers, the STARS 30-hour basics course is recognized in the MERIT system. Topics include child growth/development, cultural competency, community resources, guidance, heath/safety/nutrition and professional practice.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify ways to create partnerships and provide resources for all families
  • Observe and describe developmental characteristics and behaviors of infants, toddlers, preschoolers and young children
  • Plan for learning through play and active involvement for children in care programs
  • Demonstrate techniques for keeping children healthy and safe in preparing food, hand washing, diapering/toileting, cleaning, managing medication, preventing accidents, and identifying incidences of child abuse of neglect
  • Describe techniques for meeting the nutritional and exercise needs of young children
  • Identify appropriate guidance techniques
  • Relate how the Washington Administrative Code governs child care programs and support staff in safely caring for children
  • List examples of professional practice in Early Childhood Education

ENVIRONMENTS FOR YOUNG CHILDREN

ECED&170

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4194 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 4, 2015 5:30 p.m. 9 p.m. Th Chase-Deitrich, D. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 3

Design, evaluate and improve indoor and outdoor environments that ensure quality learning and nurturing experiences and optimize the development of young children.

Course Outcomes

  • Create an environment that is developmentally appropriate
  • Examine elements that can make an environment institutional
  • Define aesthetics and describe its relevance to children’s environments
  • Define the term “loose parts” and collect samples for indoors and outdoors
  • Identify inexpensive sources for classroom materials
  • Identify components of a rich, developmentally appropriate outdoor environment
  • Demonstrate ways to incorporate nature and aesthetics into the environment

OBSERVATION & ASSESSMENT

ECED&190

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4164 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 6:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 205 $3

Credits: 3

Collect and record observation of and assessment data in order to plan for and support the child, the family, the group and the community. Practice reflection techniques, summarizing conclusions and communicating findings.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe reasons for collecting observation and assessment data
  • Identify characteristics and signs of growth, development, learning and social behaviors
  • Identify techniques for avoiding bias, judgments and assumptions in observations
  • Collect factual, descriptive information using a variety of tools i.e. running records, anecdotal records, checklists, time and event samples, portfolios and developmental continuums
  • Record information in an appropriate manner for future presentation
  • Interpret the information as it relates to general growth and development and the specific child(ren) observed
  • Describe and demonstrate professional ethics and etiquette that applies to the collection and communication of observation data

ECE PRACTICUM II

ECS 182

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4154 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 4 p.m. 5 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 5

Provides the student with practical field experience. Students will work at community child care centers or the Hayes Child Development Center on the Lakewood Campus, allowing them to apply classroom study to on-the-job situations. Includes a scheduled seminar. Text required.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate understanding of physical and intellectual competencies in children

PRACTICUM IV INFANTS AND TODDLERS

ECS 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41B4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with specialization in infants and toddlers.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer in an infant/toddler center
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization – infant and toddler development

PRACTICUM IV SCHOOL AGE

ECS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41C4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with school-age specialization.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Maintain successful employment, or volunteer a t a school age center
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in the area of specialization- school age development

ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EARLY CARE AND EDUCATION

ECS 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41M4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $3

Credits: 2

Research that covers some of the current issues and trends in the ECE field.

PRACTICUM IV - LEADERSHIP

ECS 286

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41D4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a leadership specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. There is a focus on emotional intelligence and conducting meetings.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-leadership

PRACTICUM IV - CHILD DEVELOPMENT

ECS 287

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41F4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a preschool specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-child development

PRACTICUM IV - FAMILY CHILDCARE PROFESSIONAL

ECS 288

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41G4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a family childcare specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-family child care

ECE PRACTICUM IV: SPECIAL NEEDS

ECS 297

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
41H4 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $17

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with specialization in special needs. Includes a seminar component.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate work place behavior
  • Maintain successful employment or volunteer at a center
  • Apply transferable skills in the work place
  • Demonstrate appropriate practices in area of specialization-special needs

Child Development

EDUC&115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4124 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 6:15 p.m. 9:45 p.m. M Felch, L. Hybrid Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $28

Credits: 5

No description available.

AC/DC: BASIC THEORY, FRACTIONS & OHM’S LAW

EFS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5804 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements of circuits, fractions, Ohm’s law, decimals, and decimal fractions. Formulas in electrical work, positive and negative numbers, exponents, powers of ten, and solving Ohm’s law. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter one and end of chapter test, the student will be able to explain the basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements, and circuits
  • Upon the completion of chapter two and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do fractions, ohms law, decimals, decimal fractions, and the metric system
  • Upon the completion of chapter three and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do formulas, positive and negative numbers, formulas with exponents, units of measurements in electronics, solving the ohms law formulas for current, voltage and resistance
  • Upon the completion of chapter four and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate and solve for voltage, resistance and current in a series circuit

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: SERIES PARALLEL & COMBINATION CIRCUITS

EFS 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5814 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to voltage, current, resistance, total values, and control of current in a series circuit. Introduction to parallel circuits, current and resistance, and voltage in a parallel circuit. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, or instructor’s permission.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter five and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate total current, total resistance and total voltage in a parallel circuit
  • Upon the completion of chapter six and at the end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve parallel series circuits, series parallel circuits, line drop and electrical distribution systems
  • Upon the completion of chapter seven and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve for power in a simple circuit, combine un-like terms, total power in an electrical circuit, solve the power formula for current or voltage, and solve exponential power formulas
  • Upon the completion of chapter eight and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to combine like terms, combine unlike terms, solve algebraic equations, solve equations by transposition and cross multiplication, and combine unlike involving signed numbers

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: ELECTRICAL & POWER APPLICATIONS

EFS 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5824 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces electric power in electric circuits, solving the power formula for current and voltage. Algebra for complex electric circuits. Resistance of wire of different sizes and length, sizing wire for a given load. Instantaneous values, maximum values and phase angles of an AC sine wave. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 106, or instructor’s permission.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter eleven and at the end of chapter test, the student will be able to solve for percentages, evaluate conversion factors for electrical and mechanical power, find efficiency of electronic components, determine input and output of electrical devices, load matching and power transfer
  • Upon the completion of chapter twelve and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve ratios and proportions, learn the American Wire Gage Table (AWG), resistance of wire of different materials, resistance of wire of different lengths, resistance of wire of different cross sectional area, and resistance of wire of any diameter, any length, or any material
  • Upon the completion of chapter thirteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to determine the maximum current carrying capacity of wires, find the maximum size of wire to a given load. Calculate the correct size of wire to prevent excessive voltage drop
  • Upon the completion of chapter fourteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain and perform basic trigonometric functions of a right triangle and find the length of sides of a right triangle
  • Upon the completion of chapter fifteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to make and explain graphs, the generation of an AC voltage, instantaneous values, maximum values, phase angles of an AC sine wave, effective values of an AC sine wave, measuring an AC sine wave, vectors and phase’s and the Pythagorean theorems and power

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE PRINT READING

EFS 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5834 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to practical print reading as it applies to the National Electrical Code. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of each chapter of the NEC Print reading book, the student will demonstrate the ability to read prints as they apply to the National Electrical Code

NATIONAL ALARM INSTALLER TRAINING PROGRAM

EFS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5844 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basic alarm by completing the comprehensive lessons, viewing video, and completing lesson tests. With final test, the student will have a thorough exposure to alarm systems. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe basic alarm systems and components.
  • Getting started: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the three units of electricity, voltage, current and resistance, and basic Ohm’s Law formula
  • Relays: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe relays, their operation, and uses in alarm systems
  • Protective Circuits: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain voltage sources, intrusion detectors, connecting wiring, current indicators, protective loops, and end of line devices
  • Using a volt meter: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of the lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of volt ohm meters and their uses in the alarm industry
  • Installations tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the proper respect for tools, different types of screwdrivers and their proper use, special purpose screwdrivers and common hand tools used in the alarm industry
  • Installation and wiring: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the installation and wiring alarm systems in residential and commercial buildings, home running wiring, junction boxes, backbone or spine wiring, multi-conductor cables, wiring between floors of a building, concealing magnetic contacts, end of line resistors, and tamper switches

CCTV APPLICATION & DESIGN

EFS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5854 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components
  • Cameras & Lighting: Introduction: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain camera sensitivity, definition of CCD explanation and attributes, advantage of the chip camera over the tube type camera, CCD chip definition and description, dummy cameras, common rules of thumb and spectral response charts
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the student will describe lenses consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, cs style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters, and lenses terminology
  • Industrial time-lapse video recorders: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate industrial recorders versus consumer VCR’s, video recording and playback , time-lapse procedures, location and environment, audio recording with time-lapse, event recording, and options
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will select camera housings and camera mounting brackets
  • Video motion detectors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain video motion detection used and digital computer interfaced motion detection
  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES

EFS 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5864 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 6

Introduces National Electrical Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable electrical codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NEC test the student will demonstrate the ability to use the computer and National Electrical Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NEC article and sub-paragraph

NATIONAL FIRE CODES

EFS 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5874 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 6

Introduces the National Fire Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable fire codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NFPA test the student will use the computer and National Fire Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NFPA article and sub-paragraph

CCTV FIELD SERVICE & INSTALLATION

EFS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5884 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces basic systems service and installation of CCTV systems. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV field service and installation. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of a CCTV system and its components
  • Camera Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the video accompanying tape and completing the end of section test, the student will explain camera tube and CCD comparisons, CCD explanations and attributes, CCD chip definitions, descriptions and common rules of thumb concerning cameras
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the students will explain lenses, consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, CS style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters and lenses terminology
  • Protective Circuits: Lenses selection tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of the lesson test, the student explain lenses selection, lenses slide rule focal length, field of view, illumination guide, lenses selection wheel and lenses view finder
  • Monitors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the application and size of monitors, location and layout, operator fatigue and monitor terminology
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate how to select camera housings and camera mounting brackets

WASHINGTON ADMINISTRATIVE CODES

EFS 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5894 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the Washington Administrative Codes pertaining to industrial safety and to electrical installations in the state of Washington. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of Washington Administrative Code test the student will describe the WAC as applied to the electrical trade. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate WAC article
  • Upon completion of WAC RCW 19.28, WAC296-46 and WAC 296-401A the student will explain the WAC Codes applicable to the Low Voltage Industry

ADDRESSABLE FIRE SLC SYSTEMS/DESIGN

EFS 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
58A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces Addressable and Intelligent Fire Alarm Systems using Signaling Line Circuits (SLC). Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application and design. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the 78-Credit Hour Electrician Low Voltage Fire/Security Certificate, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Addressable Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Intelligent Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Signaling Line Circuit as used with a Fire Alarm System
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Addressable Fire Alarm Systems

BIOMETRICS ACCESS

EFS 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
58B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces biometrics access control. Various biometrics systems are explored, as well as computer programmed access-control systems. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, as well as hands-on practical application, installation and design. Prerequisites: EFS 207 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various Biometric Systems as well as their application
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the computer programming of various Access Systems
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of networking of various Access Systems

ADVANCED VOICE EVACUATION FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

EFS 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
58C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces Advanced Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems as used in high-rise applications. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 211 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Initiating Devises and Zoning Application of High Rise Installations
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Notification Devices and Voice Evacuation of High Rise Applications
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems and interconnections to Building controls such as elevator recall

FIRE CODES, NICET, NFPA

EFS 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
58D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces Fire Codes, AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction), NICET (National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologies), and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association). Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 216 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of National and Local Fire Codes
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including Acceptance testing and required periodic Inspections
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Requirements of the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technology
  • Demonstrate by practical application the National Fire Protective Association NFPA 72

HIGH SECURITY STRUCTURED CABLING

EFS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
58F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces High Security Structured Cabling in residential and commercial applications. Explores cabling as a total package. Includes most applications of security and low voltage needs. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 221 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of High Security Structure Cabling
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Cable types and uses
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of NEC Code requirement for proper Installation of various cables
  • Demonstrate proper trouble shooting techniques on Structured wiring

CCTV DIGITAL NETWORK SOLUTIONS

EFS 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
58G4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 213 $20

Credits: 7

Introduces Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Digital Network Solutions. Explores applications that require the camera to be recorded and viewed digitally and or remotely via various networks. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 226, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of Digital Recording
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Various Networking Solutions of CCTV
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Micro Applications using CCTV

BASIC READING AND WRITING

ENG 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W39 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
5W38 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 116 $25
5W40 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Heath, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 14, Rm. 208 $25

Credits: 5

Introduces and develops basic reading and writing skills. Focus is on writing proper sentences and sound paragraphs that express a main idea clearly and fully with a minimum of errors in sentence structure, punctuation and spelling. Coursework emphasizes writing from observation as well as writing in response to reading. Helps refine reading comprehension and increase vocabulary for college-level reading requirements. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score.

Note: The 5W39 and 5W38 sections of Basic Reading and Writing are part of College Success through Basic Reading and Writing, which are linked with COLL 101 2P24 and 2P14, respectively. Placed into English 082? Want to be a part of an active, social and engaging class? In this 7-credit Learning Community you will practice using time management, note taking and study skills while working on your English sentence structure, punctuation and spelling.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify, label, and explain the different parts of speech
  • Write using correct sentence structure, grammar, and punctuation
  • Construct a simple paragraph which clearly expresses a main idea
  • Increase vocabulary skills through reading and writing
  • Implement successful test-taking strategies
  • Use Canvas/technology to communicate and take tests

Spk & Lstn For Stu In Pr

ENG 092

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W47 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Stevens, H. In-Person Bldg. 10, Rm. 111 $0

Credits: 5

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and pronunciation when speaking
  • Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and communicative tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate
  • Prepare for and participate effectively in a range of conversations and collaborations with diverse partners, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively
  • Demonstrate ability to clarify spoken information and respond appropriately
  • Monitor whether speaking purpose has been met and adjust strategies as needed

ADVANCED READING AND WRITING

ENG 094

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W44 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
5W45 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Martindale, K. Online Online $25
5W46 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schwarder, C. Online Online $25
5W42 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
5W43 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
5W51 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Irwin, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 14, Rm. 208 $25

Credits: 5

Enhances writing ability with emphasis on organization, unity, coherence and adequate development of short essays. Introduction to various types of paragraphs and essays and review of the rules and conventions of standard written English. Both paper and electronic communication tools will be used. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 82.

Note: Section 5W44 is part of the Accelerated Learning Program (ALP). Click here to learn more about ALP.

Note: The 5W42 section of Advanced Reading and Writing is part of College Success through Advanced Reading and Writing, which is linked with COLL 101 #2P74. Does writing an essay stump you? Do you worry that you may not have the study strategies you need to succeed in college? Worry no more! This 7-credit Learning Community helps with these and other issues, preparing you for College English and giving you skills that will improve the way you manage time, take notes, and read effectively and efficiently. Students assessed for English 094 may enroll.

Course Outcomes

  • Use a variety of skills and strategies to understand readings
  • Write clear, organized short essays which demonstrate organization, paragraph unity and coherence/clarity, sentence variety, and effective sentence structure
  • Understand the appropriate methods for incorporating other’s words and ideas into their own work

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ENGL&101

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0536 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Sorenson, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 14, Rm. 212 $25
0537 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Heath, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 14, Rm. 208 $25
0541 0/12 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0538 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Sorenson, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0567 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sorenson, T. Online Online $25
0540 0/12 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0534 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Sorenson, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
0542 0/12 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0566 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Irwin, K. Online Online $25
0539 0/12 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Martindale, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0543 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 6:30 p.m. 8:50 p.m. MW Sorenson, T. Hybrid Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0544 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Heath, T. Online Online $25
0565 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Irwin, K. Online Online $25
0572 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Staff Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 202 $25
0535 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Irwin, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 14, Rm. 208 $25

Credits: 5

Introduction to expository writing where emphasis is placed upon unified, coherent essays. Learn to generate essays that support a thesis and to use the rhetorical modes of development (narration, description, comparison/contrast, cause and effect, persuasion) appropriately. Recognize writing as a process and use secondary MLA/ APA documentation styles to support critical thinking and writing. Prerequisite: COMPASS score of 77 in writing and 86 in reading. Placement score or successful completion of ENG 094.

Note: Sections 0540 and 0541 are part of the Accelerated Learning Program (ALP). Click here to learn more about ALP.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize writing as a process and effectively use processes of prewriting, drafting, rewriting, and editing in his or her work
  • Work in a collaborative community where critical analysis of writing, both professional and novice, is promoted as a means of cognitive and social development
  • State a purpose and develop it by using a variety of supports, including but not limited to, definition, illustration, description, cause and effect, and persuasion
  • Express ideas with clarity and specificity
  • Distinguish between central and supporting ideas
  • Demonstrate an awareness of audience, sensitivity to language, and competence in handling conventional, and some unconventional, grammatical, punctuation, and spelling rules
  • Use MLA or APA documentation to support a critical analysis of purpose and detailed bibliographic research
  • Use computer technology in the discovery process of critical research and to enhance essay presentation
  • Employ effective information literacy techniques in public speaking

Technical Writing

ENGL&235

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0574 0/25 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Heath, T. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

No description available.

INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGY

ENV 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4504 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MWThF Fritz, A. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 104 $29.75

Credits: 4

Additional Lab Hours: Ecology Lab, 9 a.m.-1 p.m., Thursdays.

Covers the basic topics of ecology, including population biology, plant and animal species characterization, and habitat restoration.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to explain basic ecology concepts with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe land habitats with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe fresh water habitats with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe salt water habitats with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to survey prominent microbiological groups and species with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations

ORIENTATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

ENV 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4514 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Fritz, A. Online Online $29.75

Credits: 4

Survey the wide range of duties and career choices available to the environmental technician.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given field trips, guest speakers and discussion students will be able to describe the nature of Environmental Science and Technology and identify possible areas and places of employment within 70% of standard

GENERAL CHEMISTRY W/LAB

ENV 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4524 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 8, 2015 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MTWF Fritz, A. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 104 $45

Credits: 6

Additional Lab Hours: 12-3 p.m., Tuesdays and Wednesdays, Building 15, Room WL.

This course provides the basic concepts, principles and applications of inorganic chemistry germane to the environmental field. Related instruction includes mathematics used in designing, conducting and interpreting analytical procedures. Laboratory methods, chemical calculations, properties of solutions, and properties of acids and bases are also covered.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to convert units of measure from English to metric and vice-versa within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to properly utilize significant figures within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to provide examples of physical and chemical properties within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to classify matter within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to utilize a periodic table of elements to extract critical information within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to distinguish between ionic and covalent bonds within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to name common inorganic compounds using IUPAC and conventional naming systems within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to write the formulas of compounds within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to calculate the percent composition of chemical compounds within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to balance chemical equations within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.
  • Given lecture, demonstration and hands-on practice the student will be able to perform calculations utilizing the concept of the mole within 70% accuracy on practical examinations.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY W/LAB

ENV 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4534 0/20 May 11, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MTWF Fritz, A. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 104 $45

Credits: 6

Additional Lab Hours: 12-3 p.m., Tuesdays and Wednesdays, Building 15, Room WL.

This is a continuation of ENV 162 General Chemistry with progressive instruction in laboratory methods, chemical calculations, properties of solutions, acids and bases, and an introduction to organic chemistry.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to calculate the percent yield of a chemical reaction using the theoretical mass of a chemical derived by using balanced chemical equations and stoichiometric principles which is then compared to the actual mass of a chemical produced in the laboratory. All the calculations and lab experiments will be completed with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to define the terms solution, solute, and solvent and will be able to calculate and prepare solutions of different concentrations in the commonly used units with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will recognize acids and bases, will be able to define what is meant by the term pH and how to measure pH, and will be able to calculate hydronium and/or hydroxide ion concentration from pH data with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to name and describe the major classes of hydrocarbons, identify the common functional groups, and write condensed and structural formulas for simple hydrocarbons with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to utilize reference materials and lab equipment to perform lab analyses of samples with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations

ISSUES IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT

ENV 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4544 0/20 April 13, 2015 June 16, 2015 11:30 a.m. 1:20 p.m. M Smith, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 102 $29.75

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours: 9 a.m.-10:50 a.m., Thursdays, April 9-June 11, Building 15, Room WL.

Course explores a variety of urban environmental issues. Storm-water management, sewage treatment, drinking-water treatment, and waste disposal. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100 -level courses, except ENV 134.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify federal regulations related to drinking water and the potential impacts of mismanagement.
  • Identify and describe the importance and process of drinking water purification
  • Identify and describe design requirements for water distribution systems.
  • Discuss the evolution of sewer system processes
  • Identify and describe requirements for sanitary sewer systems
  • Discuss the relationship between increased urbanization and stormwater runoff
  • Discuss the changing attitudes toward stormwater management in urban settings
  • Identify and describe the requirements for and importance of an effective stormwater management system
  • Identify the federal regulations related to wastewater treatment and disposal
  • Identify and describe the treatment/disposal processes for sanitary sewage
  • Identify and describe disposal requirements (including the development of IWM strategies) for municipal solid waste and strategies for waste minimization
  • Identify and describe disposal requirements for hazardous waste and strategies for waste minimization
  • Perform tests on drinking water to determine potential contaminants
  • Perform laboratory analysis using a gas chromatograph and atomic absorption spectrometer

INTERNSHIP

ENV 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4554 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Fritz, A. Web-Enhanced Arranged $25

Credits: 10

All students finishing the program are required to complete an internship. This is a temporary full-time position in the public or private sector where the student gains confidence and experience in a chosen area of employment. Students experience on-the-job opportunities as well as making a skilled contribution to the internship provider. Opportunities to find internships are provided, but the student is in charge of finding his or her own internship. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 246, Environmental Science Capstone required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Obtain an internship, sending both a resume and cover letter to them, using the telephone and having a personal interview
  • Perform internship of approximately 300 hours, both giving assistance and receiving educational instruction from the provider

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW II

ENV 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4564 0/20 April 8, 2015 June 18, 2015 11:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. TW Smith, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 102 $29.75

Credits: 5

Course places an emphasis on correct, accurate interpretation of environmental regulations and their applications. Students will be able to research, interpret, and use a variety of regulations upon completion. Regulations include RCRA, CERCLA, CWA, Washington Drinking Water Rules, Washington State Water Quality regulations, SDWA, and other applicable state, federal and local regulations. Course also covers Federal Energy Policy, including development of fossil fuels and alternative energy sources. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss the energy policies of the United States and how those policies affect other areas socially and economically
  • Identify requirements of water regulations including the Safe Drinking Water Act, Clean Water Act and Washington State’s water quality standards
  • Discuss the importance of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System and how it affects industry
  • Identify the requirements of the Clean Air Act
  • Identify hazardous waste disposal and clean up requirements included in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CAPSTONE

ENV 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4574 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Online Online $25

Credits: 2

This course accompanies ENV 240 Internship. The Capstone Project integrates the CPTC core abilities with the internship and identification of how the core abilities apply in the workforce. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 240, Internship required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how each of the CPTC Core Abilities (Communication, Critical Thinking/Problem Solving, Information/Technological Literacy, and Personal/Professional Responsibility) is demonstrated in the individual’s internship experience
  • Identify skills learned in program coursework and how they are implemented in the internship experience
  • Identify skills learned during the internship not covered in program courses
  • Reflect how the internship process enhances the learning process and helps prepare one for employment

INTRODUCTION TO SOILS

ENV 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4584 0/20 April 8, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Smith, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 102 $29.75

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours: 9 a.m.-12:50 p.m., Thursdays, April 9-June 11, Building 15, Room WL.

Course focuses on basic physical, biological, and chemical concepts of soil science. Practical exercises and projects will be used to demonstrate how soil data is commonly used in regulatory, legal, and scientific land use interpretations and decisions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify and describe the principles of soil formation and how these processes are important environmentally
  • Identify and describe the soil separates including their importance to soil stability and potential environmental degradation
  • Identify and discuss the importance of life to soil forming processes and soil nutrition
  • Identify and describe the importance of the chemically active portions of soils and how it relates to soil fertility
  • and stability 5) Identify and discuss the importance of water in soil and how it relates to soil fertility and stability
  • Explain the importance soil temperature including heat storage and transfer
  • Identify the major building blocks for soil fertility and the importance of plants receiving the correct nutrition
  • Explain the dangers associated with soil erosion and methods used to conserve soil
  • Perform laboratory assignments (with lab reports) including: soil biology, soil texture, soil chemistry and others as assigned.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION

ENV 270

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4594 0/20 April 1, 2015 April 7, 2015 9 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Smith, K. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 102 $4.75

Credits: 3

Covers the requirements associated with transportation of hazardous materials as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (49CFR) and 171.8 (not including radioactive). Meets the Hazmat Employee training requirements found in 49 CFR 172 Subpart H.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define the purpose, scope, and applicability of the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations and their responsibility in DOT regulatory compliance
  • Identify hazardous materials according to U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material shipping criteria
  • Properly identify packaging conditions that are acceptable for handling and transportation.
  • Determine and recognize correct marking requirements for a packaged, non-bulk, and non-radioactive hazardous material
  • Properly select and apply primary and subsidiary hazard labels to given hazardous material packages in accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material regulations.
  • Determine and recognize appropriate documentation requirements for describing hazardous materials shipping papers
  • Identify hazardous material placarding requirements according to the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material regulations
  • Properly identify hazardous material storage and loading separation and segregation requirements in accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material regulations
  • Identify when a unique shipping situation exists and what requirements are needed for compliance to ship a particular hazardous material
  • Recognize basic safety practices to be used in the event of a transportation incident involving hazardous materials.
  • Identify the hazardous waste transportation requirements as addressed in the DOT Hazardous Material Regulations and Environmental Protection Agency Regulations

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6204 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:30 a.m. 8:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 123 $50

Credits: 2

A comprehensive survey of the body systems and how they work as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Class projects include eukaryotic cell, cranial puzzle, muscles of the head and neck, and muscle flash cards.

Course Outcomes

  • Correctly draw and label a eukaryotic cell
  • Design a cranial puzzle of the facial skeleton and cranial bones
  • Create a model of the head and neck and identify 30 muscles without errors
  • Identify all body systems without errors
  • Explain homeostasis and negative feedback loop of the human body
  • Explain how knowledge of body systems informs all esthetic services
  • Understand how knowledge of anatomy and physiology helps estheticians practice safely and recognize contraindications for salon services

HISTOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SKIN

ES 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6214 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8:30 a.m. 9:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 123 $50

Credits: 3

A comprehensive examination of the epidermis, dermis and hypocutis, including specialty cells and dermal adnexa. Examination of the physiology of the epidermal basement membrane, accessory organs of skin and epidermal differentiation as they relate to the practice of esthetics.

Course Outcomes

  • Design and build a vertical cross-section of skin, including depth of UVR, hairy and hairless skin, desquamation model, and hair follicles
  • Recognize and name micro-domains of skin
  • Recognize and explain physiology of skin domains
  • Classify specialty cell functions of epidermis and dermis
  • Explain terminal differentiation as it relates to homeostasis and the negative feedback loop
  • Distinguish between intrinsic and extrinsic factors and explains how they impact each domain of skin
  • Accurately describe the source of biochemicals of the natural moisturizing factor and detail its function

INTRODUCTION TO COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6224 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9:50 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Shields, M. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 123 $50

Credits: 3

Fundamentals of chemistry, including differences between organic and inorganic matter, simple chemical reactions, pH for estheticians, and composition of, as well as indications for, commonly used products for esthetic salon services.

Course Outcomes

  • Test common skin care products and evaluate their pH for compatibility with epidermis
  • Identify characteristics of: solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, and state uniqueness of each
  • Explain surfactant molecules accurately and draw one
  • Describe surface tension and how laundry is cleaned using surfactants
  • Articulate and write how skin pH is undermined by alkaline/base ingredients and how those ingredients are also used to facilitate extraction services without detriment to barrier functions
  • Explain tyrosinase inhibition
  • Explain transepidermal water loss and perturbations of epidermal barrier function remedied by occlusive formulations
  • Accurately decipher a skin care formulation back label
  • Research every ingredient in skin formulation with at least 10 ingredients

CHARTING AND MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIAN

ES 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6234 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10:50 a.m. 12 p.m. Daily Shields, M. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 123 $64

Credits: 4

Survey of common medical charting notations and terminology employed in medical practice, particularly as it relates to spa, salon, and medical office environments.

Course Outcomes

  • Decipher 50 common medical chart notation abbreviations
  • Summarize purposes of HIPPA laws and describe when they apply to esthetic services and various office procedures
  • Complete workbook and flashcards for medical terminology and identify dermatological procedures using proper terms
  • Pronounce medical terms correctly

SKIN DISEASES & Disorder

ES 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6244 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12:30 p.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 123 $50

Credits: 5

Identify normal skin and anomalies of skin, including primary, secondary, and vascular lesions, as well as irregularities of skin pigmentation. Identification of skin diseases and differentiate them from common noncontagious lesions is included.

Course Outcomes

  • Create and maintain a compendium of all skin lesions listed in Milady’s textbook for use in industry and state board examination study
  • Recognize common skin lesions and which contraindicate salon services
  • Explain histopathology of basal, squamous, and malignant melanoma
  • Identify grades of acne

BACTERIOLOGY, SAFETY AND SANITATION

ES 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6254 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1:30 p.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 123 $50

Credits: 4

Overview of pathological and non-pathological microorganisms including bacteria, viruses, endo and ecto parasites, disease vectors and transmission. Levels of decontaminations pertaining to salon, spa and medical office venues.

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct online research of Material Safety Data Sheets, download and explain it
  • Distinguish between Decontamination Levels I and II
  • Explain diseases transmission common to salon services
  • Differentiate between Hepatitis A, B, and C and their viability outside the human body
  • Explain the difference between a self-limiting virus and bacterial infection
  • Understand salon safety and sanitation practices as they pertain to Washington state WAC 308-20-110
  • Differentiate between Herpes Simplex types I and II, and Herpes Zoster, and other skin infections that contraindicate salon services

FACIAL PROCEDURES I

ES 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6264 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 319 $50

Credits: 4

Introduction to facial procedures, including client intake and assessment, skin analysis, clinical indications and contraindications, European facial instruction, product selections and recommendations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES126, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES137.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform European facial manipulations
  • Assess clinical indications as revealed by skin analysis
  • Provide appropriate product recommendations for treatment objectives and home-based care

TEMPORARY HAIR REMOVAL

ES 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6274 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 319 $50

Credits: 5

Survey of temporary hair removal, including contraindications, methods of epilation and safety and sanitation employed in the esthetics profession. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisites: ES125, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES137

MAKEUP APPLICATION

ES 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6284 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 319 $50

Credits: 2

Course includes color theory and basic makeup application techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125,ES126, ES132, ES134, ES137.

Course Outcomes

  • Use of proper tools for successful makeup application
  • Safety and sanitation protocols for makeup application
  • Employ color theory and concepts to achieve desired application

SKIN CARE AND BODY TREATMENTS

ES 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6294 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 319 $64

Credits: 4

Body treatments to include mud wraps, body scrubs, wet and dry room techniques including back treatments, and cellulite body treatments. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES126, ES130, ES134, ES137.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform proper treatment assessment and draping
  • Proper product selections and use
  • Utilize correct equipment safely

MACHINE FACIALS

ES 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 319 $64

Credits: 4

Includes indications, contraindications and safety for electrical modalities including galvanic, high frequency, and microcurrent. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES126, ES130, ES132, ES137.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform proper treatment assessment and application of machine facials
  • Employ all safety and sanitation protocols for machine-based facials

MICRODERMABRASION AND SUPERFICIAL PEELS

ES 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62C4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 10 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Beck, R. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64
62B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64

Credits: 4

Clinical exfoliationtechniques employing chemical and mechanical methods. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES146, ES152.

Course Outcomes

  • Effectively operate and manage each clinical position
  • Coordinate clinical activities with other students, teamwork
  • Work cooperatively with other students and clients, strengthen practitioner skills

SPA/CLINIC OPERATIONS

ES 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 319 $64

Credits: 1

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating point of sale, dispensary, laundry, spa and clinical operations and management positions. Co-requisites: ES125, ES126, ES130, ES130, ES134.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS I

ES 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62G4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 10 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Beck, R. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64
62F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64

Credits: 7

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice. Co-requisites: ES143, ES159, ES146, ES136, ES152.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform clinic applications at an entry level esthetic practice

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS II

ES 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62J4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 10 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Beck, R. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64
62H4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64

Credits: 7

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice and advanced modalities.

CORRECTIVE CONCEALING MAKEUP

ES 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62N4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 10 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Beck, R. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64
62M4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $64

Credits: 1

Theory and application of corrective and concealing techniques for makeup applications Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES136, ES152

Course Outcomes

  • Safely and sanitarily apply concealing makeup as appropriate for existing clinical conditions
  • Skillfully apply concealing makeup as appropriate for existing clinical presentations

LASER THEORY AND APPLICATIONS

ES 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62P4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 327 $50

Credits: 7

Didactic applications of multiple laser modalities. Course will include all related safety and first aid components. Co-requisites: ES150, ES154, ES156, ES157, ES158

Course Outcomes

  • Define and discuss multiple laser applications including all clinical concepts
  • Hands on applications of multiple laser services for all clinical concepts if desired by student at outside facilities
  • Differentiate different laser platforms and the wavelength use

MEDIUM DEPTH PEELS

ES 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62Q4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 327 $50

Credits: 2

Didacticapplications of clinical-based medium depth peels. Course includes all related safety and first aid measures. Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES136, ES152

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate safe and effective application processes for all medium depth peels
  • Differentiate each chemical component and layer of the epidermis or dermis that is affected

PHARMACOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62L4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 10 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Beck, R. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $50
62K4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $50

Credits: 1

This course includes common medications and drug interactions as they pertain to esthetic skin-care services. Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES159, ES136, ES146.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify common medications and drugs that interact and effect treatments

ADVANCED SKIN CARE AND MASSAGE TECHNIQUES

ES 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62R4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 327 $50

Credits: 6

This course includes advanced modalities of skin care including MLD and other industry-related techniques. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES156, ES157, ES158.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify applicable modality for specific clinical indications
  • Perform various modalities as indicated for specific clinical applications

ADVANCED COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62S4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 327 $50

Credits: 3

In-depth study of cosmetic chemicals, product knowledge and how to review a medical study. Research papers produced consisting of chemical products, ingredients and contraindications that may occur during an esthetic treatment. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES154, ES157, ES158.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify chemical ingredients in products
  • Describe the components of a medical study
  • Research products and develop/deliver a presentation of advanced cosmetic chemical components

ADVANCED COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62T4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 327 $50

Credits: 2

Independent research and preparation of a business plan and portfolio as capstone project. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES154, ES156, ES158.

Course Outcomes

  • Create and present a complete business plan appropriate for submission to a bank, spa or medical clinic owner
  • Create and present a portfolio incorporating client treatment plan from inception to completion including photos and documentation of progressive treatments

STATE BOARD PREPARATION

ES 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62U4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 327 $50

Credits: 2

This course includes kit preparation and simulation of state board examinations. Co-requisites: ES148, ES150, ES154, ES156, ES157.

Course Outcomes

  • Comply with existing State of Washington Department of Licensing examination requirements

INTRO TO BUSINESS PLAN AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

ES 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
62W4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 10 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Beck, R. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $50
62V4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 325 $50

Credits: 1

Introduction to independent research and preparation of a business plan and portfolio as capstone project. Co-requisites: ES140, ES143, ES146, ES136, ES152

Course Outcomes

  • Online research of area demographics
  • Outline startup costs for opening a business

WORKSHOP SAFETY

FSME 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
MQ04 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 402 $4.75

Credits: 3

Covers occupational safety and health for workers in manufacturing and engineering workshop environments. Prerequisites: Instructor permission.

Course Outcomes

  • Discuss applicable safety laws and regulations including Occupational Safety Health Administration (OSHA) safety standards
  • Identify the Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) appropriate for typical manufacturing tasks
  • Explain OSHA safety rules concerning PPE for eye protection
  • Explain OSHA safety rules concerning PPE for hearing protection
  • Identify hazardous energy sources in a typical workshop environment
  • Demonstrate lockouUtagout procedures
  • Explain when a machine or a process should be stopped to investigate or correct a hazard
  • Interpret information resources such as MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets)
  • Demonstrate how to safely identify, handle, store, monitor and measure hazardous materials
  • Describe the safety procedures required in an electrical lab environment
  • Demonstrate electrostatic discharge (ESD) safety procedures
  • Identify potential causes of fire in the work environment
  • Describe the appropriate course of action for dealing with different types of fires
  • Demonstrate the correct use of fire-fighting equipment
  • Describe means of escape and evacuation
  • Explain how to size up a load, and identify hazards before carrying a load
  • Describe precautions for carrying things on stairways
  • Demonstrate the steps necessary to lift and put down a load safely
  • Describe incident reporting procedures in a typical workshop environment

QUALITY PRINCIPLES, INSPECTION AND TEST

FSME 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
MQ14 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 402 $4.75

Credits: 5

Provides students with a foundational set of measurement, data analysis, and documentation skills. Teaches students how to interpret manufacturing drawings and schematics, how to take measurements and analyze data, and introduces quality principles and terminology used in industry. Prerequisites: Instructor Permission

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the philosophy of, and the terms associated with Lean Manufacturing, Six Sigma, and ISO 9001
  • Demonstrate the ability to create clear and accurate QA documentation using office software (e.g. Word,Excel)
  • Demonstrate the use of precision steel rulers
  • Demonstrate the use of micrometers
  • Demonstrate the use of vernier calipers
  • Demonstrate the use of dial calipers
  • Demonstrate the use of depth micrometers
  • Demonstrate the use of inside micrometers
  • Demonstrate the use of a height gauge
  • Select appropriate measurement and/or inspection equipment for common manufacturing processes
  • Set up and inspect parts using surface plates, angle plates, sine bars and plates, and V blocks
  • Document measurements and observations by filling out quality charts and records
  • Use technical vocabulary to discuss measuring protocols, sampling and testing procedures and reporting
  • Communicate issues with hand sketches
  • Use a spreadsheet (e.g. Excel) to record, analyze, and present data
  • Calculate the mean, median, mode and standard deviation for a set of experimental results
  • Identify object lines, hidden lines, center lines, extension lines, dimension lines, and projection lines
  • Identify line combinations
  • Identify 3-view drawing, view arrangement, 2-view drawing, 1-view drawing
  • Identify size dimension, location dimension, cylinder dimension, circular dimension, and arc dimension
  • Identify size dimensions for holes and angles
  • Identify location dimensions for points, centers, and holes
  • Identify large arc dimensioning and baseline dimensions
  • Identify detail and assembly drawings
  • Identify cutting planes (full sections and section lining)
  • Identify half-sections (partial sections and full section assembly drawings)
  • Interpret orthographic projection drawings
  • Interpret oblique and isometric drawings
  • Interpret geometric dimensioning and tolerancing information from printed and CAD drawings
  • Explain the information presented in title blocks, general notes, revision blocks, abbreviations, parts lists, drawing references, numbering systems, and other technical information
  • Identify, using correct vocabulary, the tools, and materials and machining processes as stated on a blueprint
  • Describe the shape and location of each feature of an object in all views of a machine drawing
  • Extract geometric and other data from printed schematics and drawings, including the use of sectional and auxiliary views
  • Extract geometric and other data from 2D and 3D CAD files

FABRICATION FUNDAMENTALS 1

FSME 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
MQ24 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 402 $4.75

Credits: 5

Teaches students the basic workshop skills needed to fabricate parts and structures. Also introduces students to the properties of common materials used in manufacturing and engineering. Prerequisites: Instructor Permission.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate best practices for maintaining a clean and safe workshop environment
  • Prepare a work area to do layout and fabrication
  • Select appropriate tools for common manufacturing tasks
  • Operate hand and power tools safely and effectively
  • Demonstrate acceptable methods for hand cutting and forming sheet metal
  • Demonstrate acceptable methods of drilling and countersinking
  • Demonstrate acceptable methods of riveting
  • Demonstrate acceptable methods using a break & shear
  • Demonstrate acceptable methods using abrasive tools
  • Explain how to maintain hand and power tools for effective use and longevity
  • Use math to make equipment adjustments/calibrations and to complete fabrication projects
  • Identify the major classes of materials used in manufacturing and engineering including metals, plastics, and composites
  • Define bulk material properties such as elastic modulus, and thermal conductivity
  • Identify how metal alloys have differing properties and are suited to different uses
  • Describe common failure mechanisms for metals, plastics, and composites
  • Utilize online and offline reference sources to determine the properties of commonly-used engineering materials
  • Choose appropriate materials to be used in the manufacture of typical parts or structures

FABRICATION FUNDAMENTALS 2

FSME 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
MQ34 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 03, Rm. 402 $4.75

Credits: 5

Introduces students to more advanced manufacturing and engineering fabrication techniques including welding, the use of machine tools, composites, and electrical wiring. Prerequisites: Instructor Permission.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the basic theory behind welding
  • Explain the difference between MIG, TIG and Oxy/Acetylene welding
  • Describe the differences between various types of welds
  • Interpret welding symbols used on blueprints and schematics
  • Prepare a work area for a welding project
  • Safely set up welding equipment
  • Prepare metal for welding procedures using proper joint design and joint preparation techniques
  • Construct a part or structure by welding
  • Discuss methods for testing the strength of welds
  • Identify and characterize the materials used in the manufacturing of composite parts and structures
  • Identify uses and hazards involved in handling common composite supplies
  • Prepare a work area for a composites project
  • Demonstrate safe handling techniques for composite materials, adhesives, solvents, etc
  • Construct a composites part
  • Discuss methods for testing composite parts and structures
  • Identify symptoms/causes of delamination
  • Identify tools used for the repair of composite parts
  • Define and describe voltage, current, resistance, power and energy
  • Explain the difference between alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
  • Explain the theoretical concepts of soldering
  • Make electrical connections for power circuits
  • Demonstrate the use of appropriate grounding techniques
  • Use a digital multimeter and electrical schematics to troubleshoot problems in electrical circuits
  • Demonstrate electrostatic discharge (ESD) safety procedures.
  • Describe the construction of printed circuit boards (PCBs)
  • Identify and discuss the different soldering techniques and arrangements for through-hole and surface mount components
  • Demonstrate acceptable soldering techniques
  • Demonstrate acceptable de-soldering techniques
  • Demonstrate rework and repair techniques
  • Identify the components of an engine lathe
  • Calculate cutting speeds and feeds for a variety of materials
  • Explain the safety procedures that apply to machine tools
  • Identify machine accessories
  • Set up basic lathe operations
  • Perform metal removing operations such as turning, facing, drilling, grooving, turning between centers, and threading
  • Perform basic machine maintenance

ART, DESIGN, AND VISUAL THINKING

GTC 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8504 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Owens, D. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 158 $54.75

Credits: 5

Introduction to visual arts and design principles. Stresses the components of visual thinking and visual language underlying design for digital media. A series of real-life case studies and exercises applies the design process and use of basic elements of design, typography, images, color and layout.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand and use appropriate design elements; line, shape, form, color, value, texture, and shape.
  • Understand and use appropriate design principles; balance, movement, rhythm, contrast, emphasis, pattern, and unity
  • Study and apply visual art and screen layout design applying perceptual and aesthetic principles, organizing and grouping, evaluating for simplicity, clarity, and consistency, incorporating various layout tips
  • Study and consider the implications and motivation of visual art and screen design for audience perceptual and symbolic interpretation in different countries, of different cultures, age and sex, education, and other demographic influences
  • Study and apply color in visual art and screen design by applying basic color concepts for subtractive and additive color primaries, understanding the pros and cons of color, choosing color palettes, and managing color screen models
  • Study and apply appropriate typography in visual art and screen design by applying basic text concepts, understanding the pros and cons of text, choosing relevant fonts, advantages of screen TrueType fonts and new OpenType layout tools, line length, paragraphs, text colors, backgrounds, and graphic devices
  • Study effective use of graphics and select and incorporate graphics into visual art and design based on the message, color, and layout concepts, functions, and file and compression scheme considerations due to file size and medium limitations

MACINTOSH OPERATION AND IMAGE ACQUISTION

GTC 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8514 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Moyer, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 154 $54.75

Credits: 5

Introduction to Macintosh computer operations and file management. Covers image acquisition and archiving from Internet and analog sources.

Course Outcomes

  • Manage Macintosh operating systems, use scanners to acquire images, choose image
  • resolution, use a web browser to acquire images, archive and retrieve images
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completing; assignments with a minimum average of 70 percent accuracy, projects with an minimum average grade of C

DIGITAL IMAGING I

GTC 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8524 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Moyer, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 154 $54.75

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of Photoshop to include basic tools, image editing, painting, and the creation, use, and management of layers and channels.

Course Outcomes

  • Through lecture, demonstration, hands-on projects and reading assignments, the successful student
  • will learn the fundamental uses of Photoshop to include: basic tools, image editing, painting and the creation, use, and management of layers
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completing; written tests with a minimum average of 70 percent accuracy and projects with an minimum average grade of C

ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING AND LAYOUT

GTC 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8534 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Owens, D. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 158 $54.75

Credits: 5

Apply typographic terms, vocabulary, and concepts; examine type identification and explore the relationships or essence of typographic design. Apply and solve mathematical problems common to typography. Apply basic page layout and create files. Explore proofreading and correcting copy changes.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply various steps associated with basic typographic principles and terminology
  • Identify and explain the basic mathematics related to typography, to include the point and pica system and correctly read an E-scale
  • Demonstrate basic knowledge of the hierarchy of text and explain the various steps associated with the use of the type for emphasis and contrast
  • Apply kerning, tracking, and set-width methods and explain the various steps associated with the use of these principles to affect readability and legibility of type
  • Demonstrate a basic knowledge of proofreading and explain the various steps associated with proofreading and customer changes. Use customer relations techniques to resolve situations that arise in regard to changes, extra charges, and deadlines

ADVANCED VECTOR DIGITAL ILLUSTRATION

GTC 209

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8544 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Owens, D. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 158 $54.75

Credits: 5

Perform advanced techniques using Adobe Illustrator; create documents using color swatches and color separations for a variety of projects. Explore the abilities of different tools/panels, effects and filters, integrate Adobe Acrobat Pro as soft proofing software from within Illustrator and prepare files for electronic output ready for a service provider. Prerequisite: GTC 169, or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Build on lessons learned with the Pen Tool in GTC 169 through the use of Tutorial handouts, tips from websites by Illustrator software experts as well as textbooks Future Projects will involve Client/Designer roles from thumbnails to Roughs to Comprehensive to Mechanical
  • Create various logos from practices first learned in GTC 110 Art, Design and Visual Thinking involving the use of Compound Paths, Pathfinder by Transforming and Distorting Objects
  • Align and Distribute objects, Horizontal Right, Center, Left. Vertically Align, or Distribute Bottom, Center and Top
  • Accurately proof documents and other materials. Communicate effectively with the customer regarding changes and deadlines

DIGITAL IMAGING III

GTC 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8554 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Moyer, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 154 $54.75

Credits: 5

Building on a solid knowledge of Photoshop’s basic functions, this course explores advanced color theory and use of Photoshop for color correction. Efficient use of layers, masks, and channels for photo retouching and special effects. Optimization for production, importing and exporting of images is also included. Prerequisite: GTC 154, or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Through lecture, demonstration, hands-on projects and reading assignments, the successful student
  • will use; advanced layer and channel operations, transformation, image repair, retouching,
  • advanced selection techniques, actions, importing and exporting of images
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by completing; written tests with a minimum average of 70 percent accuracy, projects with a minimum average grade of C

PREPRESS II

GTC 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8564 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Moyer, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 154 $54.75

Credits: 5

Covers the digital production of printing jobs through the use of Adobe PDF and raster image processing. Prerequisite: GTC 164 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Through reading assignments, lectures and demonstrations the student will use prepress equipment and
  • skills to produce a capstone project that cover prepress techniques, from computer through output for
  • pressroom production
  • Competencies will be demonstrated by projects and class portfolio demonstrating competency of prepress skills

WEB ANIMATION DESIGN

GTC 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
85A4 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. F Condon, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 106 $50

Credits: 5

Offers experience using industry-standard tools for basic web animation. Students will develop familiarity with a timeline, layers, symbols, vector tools and introductory animation techniques. Prerequisite: GTC 276 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Become familiar with the different tools and techniques available in modern animation software
  • Create simple vector based animated graphics
  • Understand graphical re-use through symbols. Become familiar using instances of symbols in your designs & animations
  • Learn how to animate vector graphics on a timeline. Use software to create motion and shape “tweens”
  • Create user interface elements and control them using simple programming code
  • Work with sound and video in web animations. Learn how to properly package these assets for delivery to the web
  • Create complex animations and control playback using programming code
  • Build a complete game using animation techniques and simple programming code

WEB PROGRAMMING BASICS

GTC 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
85B4 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Condon, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 107 $50

Credits: 5

Apply basic programming and graphical user interface techniques for developing effective and useful websites. Become familiar with current HTML code syntax and CSS code for styling. Through progressive enhancement of skills, build multipage websites, culminating in a personal portfolio website. Prerequisite: GTC 276 or instructor approval.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Gain a basic understanding of the history of the internet and web browsing software. Understand basic web protocols and the client-server relationship
  • Become familiar with basic HTML code structure and syntax. Explore debugging techniques and code validating tools
  • Create a web project sitemap, wireframe, and basic mockup. Understand what graphic techniques are best practices for web development
  • Understand how to write Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and use them to style HTML code on a web page. Understand the importance of separating styling and markup code
  • Grasp advanced CSS styling techniques, including the float property, positioning, and multi-column layout
  • Build a complete simulated client website utilizing HTML5, CSS, and basic Javascript
  • Use HTML, CSS, and Javascript to build a portfolio website with an image gallery to display past projects

WEB GRAPHIC DESIGN AND USER EXPERIENCE

GTC 273

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
89C4 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Condon, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 107 $50

Credits: 5

Learn techniques and best practices for designing graphics to be used on the web. Build website layout mockups, style guides, and user interface elements using Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. Using modern design principles, create layouts that are both appealing and easy to use. Prerequisite: GTC 276 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Explore the evolution of website design over the last 15 years. Dissect examples of beautiful design on the web.
  • Create a simple business card web layout. Explore how different pieces of a layout work in harmony with each other. Practice keeping the scale of your layout in check, practice selecting typefaces and color schemes.
  • Become familiar with procedure to begin a new website design project. Create example wireframes and a client interview sheet
  • Translate a website scope document and interview sheet into moodboards that convey emotion, tempo, and design voice for a web project
  • Create a unique design based on a set of rules and parameters. Create a simple multi-page website mockup that adheres to a chosen theme and message
  • Become familiar with mobile website and application layout best practices. Mock up a sample mobile web application that adheres to a chosen theme and message
  • Extract a visual style guide from an existing website. Create a style-guide document that will serve as a final client handoff deliverable
  • Handle the entire client-designer relationship from start to finish. For a single fictional client, perform the design process from interview to style guide

INDESIGN II

GTC 276

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8574 0/20 April 7, 2015 June 16, 2015 9 p.m. 5 p.m. T Owens, D. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 158 $54.75

Credits: 5

Perform advanced techniques with InDesign, create documents, and use color and color separations for a variety of projects, and prepare files for electronic output. Prerequisite: GTC 174 or instructor approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given assigned reading and lecture, the student will study and produce style sheets (paragraph and character) for complex forms, utilize concepts pertaining specifically to these documents and the various software and hardware used in producing these documents
  • Given assigned reading and lecture, the student will export documents/files and preflight, format and prepare materials according to design specifications
  • Accurately proofing and explaining the various steps associated with Proofreading along with the client’s changes by using proper customer relations and techniques; resolve situations that arise in regard to changes, extra charges, miscommunications and deadlines. Projects involving timed test with quick reproduction and font recognition will be created

INDEPENDENT STUDY

GTC 278

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8584 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Moyer, J. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 154 $4.75

Credits: 4

This course explores student competency in the student’s specialty skills area of the Graphic Technologies program. Students will produce a capstone project showing work accomplished and skills summarized. .

Course Outcomes

  • Self-evaluate and propose a 10 week plan to improve their graphic technologies skills to meet
  • specific career goals
  • Check in weekly to show progress with their plan. Produce a class notebook
  • to include evidence of completed projects and skills used
  • Complete a journal of assigned projects/tasks presented to the instructor at the completion of the Internship. Retain or provide copies/samples of your work
  • Discuss Evaluations both by Supervisor and Student at Completion of Internship

INTERNSHIP

GTC 280

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8594 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Owens, D. In-Person Bldg. 11, Rm. 158 $50

Credits: 4

Provides on-the-job field experience pertinent to visual communications. Apply classroom skills to work-related supervised learning experience. Internships may be paid or non-paid assignments and occur at on- or off-campus locations. Prerequisite: GTC 254 Capstone class or instructor approval.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Coordinate a schedule of planned assignments with Supervisor/Instructor (Work-Based Learning Experience Plan)
  • Apply transferable communication skills in the workplace. Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Complete a journal of assigned projects/tasks presented to the instructor at the completion of the Internship. Retain or provide copies/samples of your work
  • Discuss Evaluations both by Supervisor and Student at Completion of Internship

BASIC ELECTRICITY

HAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1804 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 5

Discusses the structure of matter, movement, electrons, conductors, insulators, direct and alternating current, and electrical units of measurement. The electrical circuit will also be studied along with electrical measurements, Ohm’s law, series and parallel circuits, and electrical power. Magnetic fields, inductance, transformers, capacitance, impedance, sine waves, and using electrical measuring instruments are also included.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain and define the basic concepts of current, voltage, resistance and power as applied to direct and alternating current and be able to take electrical measurements using meters and apply Ohm’s law and the power formula
  • Recognize AC and DC series, parallel and combination circuits and understand their implications on voltage, amperage, resistance and wattage
  • Recognize basic AC and DC circuit components, their symbols as used in electrical diagrams/schematics and describe their functions
  • Explain the basic concepts of magnetism and electromagnetism to include their effects in electrical circuits, generators, power supplies and basic motors
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab using personal protective equipment and appropriate safety procedures
  • Identify electrical conductors and their proper applications to include the proper methods and materials to make wire connections and terminations
  • Build simple electrical circuits using an electrical diagram and be able to identify electrical short circuits and open circuits
  • Document newly learned skills

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

HAC 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1814 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 4

Discusses types of automatic control devices that respond to thermal change, the bimetal device, control by fluid expansion, the thermocouple, and electronic sensing devices. Covers space temperature controls (both high and low voltage), sensing temperatures of solids, pressure-sensing devices, oil-pressure safety controls, air-pressure controls, devices that control fluid flow, and maintenance of mechanical and electromechanical controls.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of basic automatic controls and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of devices responding to thermal changes and fluid expansion to include bimetal devices, mercury switches, thermocouples and electronic temperature sensing devices
  • Explain the application and maintenance of low voltage and line voltage temperature controls, pressure sensing devices and controls, transducers, gas pressure switches, regulators, mechanical and electromechanical controls
  • Install and demonstrate switches, a light and receptacles including three-way/four-way switches
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include lockout/tagout procedures, recognizing hazardous locations and application of electrical safety requirements
  • Install a two station signaling circuit and do a complete circuit analysis of the installation
  • Use a circuit tracer to locate the Over Current Protective Device for that circuit
  • Correctly identify and install a plug on a cord
  • Complete a solder connection using proper soldering technique
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ADVANCED CONTROLS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1824 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 4

Control terminology, applications, and electronic control circuits are covered. Pneumatic controls and direct digital controls are also explored, along with programmable thermostats. Also covers procedures for troubleshooting basic and complex circuits, thermostats, and high-voltage circuits controlled by thermostats. Describes procedures for measuring amperage and voltage in low-voltage circuits and discusses pictorial and line diagrams.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of advanced automatic controls/control systems and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of advanced automatic controls/control systems to include pneumatic controls, direct digital controls (DDC’s). and program logic controllers (PLC’s)
  • Demonstrate the ability to read and interpret ladder diagrams as related to DDC/PLC control system
  • Write ladder programs to demonstrate common PLC logic functions
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Demonstrate through written examination your ability to successfully troubleshoot PLC systems
  • Explain and be able to successfully troubleshoot simple and complex circuits to include thermostats, various types of switches and loads using electrical meters and pictorial and line diagrams
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

SIEMENS CONTROLS

HAC 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1854 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 2

Serves as an introduction to the concepts of direct digital controls (DDC training). The course is a generic approach to understanding DDC terminology, the fundamentals of today’s new building control systems, how they work, features, and troubleshooting. Improve your control of HVAC systems, fire, security, access, control, lighting, and energy management.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize Siemens controls and components and understand their operation
  • Explain the many and varied applications for Siemens controls in the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Explain the unique installation requirements for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Define typical troubleshooting logic and techniques for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS

HAC 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1834 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 4

Types of electric motors are discussed, along with starting and running components and characteristics, motor speeds, and power supplies. Specific topics also included are single and split phase motors, the centrifugal switch, electronic replay, capacitor start motors, capacitor run motors, permanent split capacitor motors, shaded pole motors, single phase hermetic motors, positive temperature coefficient motors, and variable speed motors. Discussions will take place pertaining to various characteristics and insulations, bearings, mountings, and motor drives.

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types and characteristics of single and three phase motors and as well as their components, component functions and their proper electrical connection
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of various motor starting devices to include start windings, centrifugal switches, current relays, potential relays, PTC’s, shaded poles, and start & run capacitors
  • Explain the application and cooling of motors in the HVAC/R trade, especially special motors such as hermetic motors, two-speed and variable speed motors, converters, invertors, electronically commutated motors (ECM’s), power supplies
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Inspect and install A/C and D/C rotating equipment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS & TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1844 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 3

Discusses mechanical and electrical motor troubleshooting. This includes drive assemblies, belt tension, pulley alignment, open and shorted windings, shorts to ground, capacitor problems, wiring and connectors, and troubleshooting hermetic motors.

Course Outcomes

  • Create an electrical ladder diagram and wiring diagram for each motor control circuit that is constructed
  • Build a two-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Build a three-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Demonstrate safe work practices needed for installation and troubleshooting of motor controls and control circuits
  • Build an on-delay motor control circuit
  • Build an on-delay/off-delay motor control circuit for two single-phase motors
  • Troubleshoot four basic motor control circuits

GREEN AWARENESS

HAC 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1864 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 200 $24.75

Credits: 3

When it comes to HVAC/R electrical, “green” means maximizing the energy efficiency of existing equipment, specifying the most efficient systems available for the application and the available budget using renewable and sustainable fuel sources, and conserving water. Those items will be discussed along with the core knowledge of energy management and analysis, green heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration, electrical generation and consumption, and “green” plumbing.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand Energy Management and Audits
  • Understand Renewable and Sustainable Energy
  • Discuss Solar and Wind Energy
  • Discuss "Green" Plumbing
  • Discuss our Carbon Footprint
  • Learn Heat Load Calculations
  • Discuss the various agencies involved with "Green Awareness"

ADVANCED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

HAC 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1874 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 302 $24.75

Credits: 10

Troubleshooting and repair of refrigeration equipment, thermal physics, equipment for refrigeration systems analysis and efficiency. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 249, 256.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain how and why we use vacuum and evacuate a refrigeration system
  • Explain how to recover, recycle and reclaim refrigerant
  • Wire a current, potential or solid state relay into a motor circuit.
  • Demonstrate proper flaring, cutting and swaging of copper tubing
  • Demonstrate the proper set up of an oxygen/acetylene torch
  • Evaluate the performance of a system with a capillary tube or TXV metering device
  • Evaluate the performance of a refrigeration system using R134A, R414 B, R22 & R404A
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

EPA REFRIGERANT RECOVERY CERTIFICATION

HAC 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1884 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 402 $64
1894 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 302 $64

Credits: 1

Mandatory course designed to provide EPA nationally recognized certification required for purchasing, removing and recycling refrigerants. The class is a 12-hour training session with the certification test upon completion and is taught by a registered proctor. Required to attain degree.

Course Outcomes

  • Pass national certification examination with a 70% score

BASIC REFIGERATION I

HAC 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
18A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 402 $24.75

Credits: 7

Introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: HAC 101 through 167 and must be registered in HAC 237, 242, 246, and 255.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of temperature/pressure relationships as well as the mechanical refrigeration cycle. This includes, but is not limited to, the ability to identify the major components of a mechanical refrigeration system, explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of a typical air conditioning/refrigeration system
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for refrigeration, air conditioning and freezer systems
  • Demonstrate team effort and class participation, a basic knowledge and understanding of residential and light commercial air conditioning and refrigeration systems through skills checks associated with technical videos
  • Take personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record and thus understand the importance of this that the industry demands

BASIC REFIGERATION I LAB

HAC 242

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
18B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 302 $24.75

Credits: 5

Hands-on experience with introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration I course.

Course Outcomes

  • With the use of a pressure temperature chart, the student will be able to determine what type of refrigerant is in refrigerant cylinders
  • Learn the proper procedures for installing refrigeration manifold gauges to a sealed system with service valves or Schrader valves
  • Bench check a hermetic compressor electrically & mechanically
  • Tear down a compressor
  • Check sub cooling on an air cooled condenser or water cooled condenser
  • Check super heat on a system with a TXV

BASIC REFIGERATION II

HAC 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
18C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 402 $24.75

Credits: 6

Introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air-conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration I course.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of the mechanical refrigeration cycle as it applies to domestic refrigerators, domestic freezers, room air conditioners, ice makers and light commercial refrigeration. Includes, but is not limited to, the ability to explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of mechanical refrigeration appliances
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for a commercial refrigeration system
  • Through Skills Checks associated with technical videos, demonstrate the ability to work as a team member to develop team answers to questions regarding light commercial refrigeration. Through class participation, state and explain such answers
  • Realize the importance demanded in the industry of taking personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record

JOB READINESS

HAC 249

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
18D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 302 $24.75

Credits: 5

Covers resume writing, cover letter preparation, Internet job search, Work Source job readiness workshop, and tips on filling out job applications. Prerequisites: Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 256.

Course Outcomes

  • Check heating element and fan motor for voltage and operation
  • Check packaged, step sequencers for proper timing of heating elements and fan
  • Check a step down transformer for input and output voltage. Install Thermostat adjust for proper operation
  • Check temperature rise across inlet and outlet of furnace
  • Check safety controls on heating equipment
  • Change nozzles in burner assembly
  • Check high voltage transformer and primary controls
  • Check oil pump on oil furnace for proper oil pressure
  • Do an efficiency test on an oil furnace, including CO2, smoke test and temperature rise across heat exchanger
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance
  • Prepare a resume & cover letter for a proper job search

BASIC REFIGERATION II LAB

HAC 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
18F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 302 $24.75

Credits: 3

Hands-on experience with introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air-conditioning system installation and servicing. Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration course.

Course Outcomes

  • Evaluate working pressures on an air cooled evaporator
  • The learner will learn to hook up vacuum pump to a system
  • Correctly identify the proper sequence for hooking up refrigerant recovery equipment
  • Construct a refrigeration cooler with components
  • Troubleshoot & repair a variety of A/C, & Refrigeration Equipment
  • Recognize sequence of operation of A/C, refrigeration and freezer equipment
  • Understand and be able to troubleshoot & repair ice makers

COMMERCIAL HEAT PUMPS

HAC 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
18G4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Pearce, D. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 302 $24.75

Credits: 7

Troubleshoot and repair residential and commercial heat pumps through study material and DVD format. Heat pump fundamentals, heat pump electrical, and heat pump charging are explored. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 249.

Course Outcomes

  • Students will describe a reverse- cycle heat pump
  • Students will explain a change over valve (COV) or reversing valve (RV). Identify what type of metering device is use
  • Students will check the COV for failure, either electrical or mechanical, using meters and a gauge manifold
  • Students will list and identify the components of a heat pump
  • Students will learn sequence of operation of a heat pump
  • Students will identify the various heat sources for heat pumps, and explain auxiliary heat
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

HDT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8864 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. F Markovits, K. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 216 $29.75

Credits: 3

Covers the issues, trends, and impacts of electronic and networked information technology upon the provision of health care services in general and explores specific issues related to the hemodialysis technician profession.

Course Outcomes

  • Assess a computing system in relation to the specific needs of a Hemodialysis Technician
  • Know how Health IT has, is, and will continue to impact the field of Hemodialysis
  • Master the technology used in the practice of a Hemodialysis Technician
  • Explain the importance of and methods for maintaining patients' privacy and security using Electronic Medical Records
  • Practice patient-centered principles when using a Health IT system and electronic medical records
  • Know how to keep current on Health IT

PHLEBOTOMY FUNDAMENTALS

HDT 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8804 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 4:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $54
68J4 0/12 April 1, 2015 May 6, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Markovits, K. Hybrid Bldg. 21 $25
68K4 0/12 May 20, 2015 June 17, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Markovits, K. Hybrid Bldg. 21 $25

Credits: 4

Develop the skills necessary to draw blood specimens for analysis in a laboratory. Includes an introduction to the structure and function of a clinical laboratory. Safety procedures and universal precautions are included. Hands-on practice in phlebotomy skills will be provided. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. .

Course Outcomes

  • Describe safety procedures and universal precautions
  • Demonstrate his/her phlebotomy skills by drawing a blood specimen
  • List proper order of blood tubes for drawing multiple blood specimens

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS/KEYBOARDING

HDT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8874 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MWF Markovits, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 216 $29.75

Credits: 2

Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and keypad techniques with emphasis on alpha/numeric data entry. Course includes keyboarding alphabetic, figure, symbol keys, and skill building; continued keyboarding drills and practice to develop a minimum speed and accuracy of 35 wpm. Introduction to MS Office Suite for basic business correspondence. Internet navigation will be used for student research projects.

Course Outcomes

  • Keyboard accurately minimum of 35 wpm with 98% accuracy
  • Find specified internet web sites
  • Use MS Office Suite Outlook to send and receive e-mail
  • Ten touch key at 150 kspm with 98% accuracy

HEMODIALYSIS TERMS ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY

HDT 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8884 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12:30 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MWF Markovits, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 216 $29.75

Credits: 6

Provides the basic techniques of medical word building to be applied in acquiring an extensive medical vocabulary. Introduces anatomical, physiological, and pathological terms relating to body systems and medical abbreviations.

Course Outcomes

    HDT 122
  • Meet or exceed knowledge of basic techniques of Medical word building
  • Demonstrate knowledge of anatomical, physiological & pathological terms
  • Identify medical abbreviations
  • Meet or exceed the ability to apply medical terms specific to the renal system

FIRST AID/CPR/HIV

HDT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8814 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 5:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. T Savona, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $54

Credits: 1

CPR, First Aid and rescue breathing for adult patients. Includes history, causes, virility of blood-borne pathogens, bodily substance isolation, and personal protection devices relating to dealing with HIV/Aids patients. Proper lifting techniques and body mechanics will be covered. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate CPR competency
  • Meet or exceed knowledge of causes & virility of blood borne pathogens relating to and dealing with HIV/AIDS patients
  • Identify situations that require personal protection, device & body substance isolation

HEMODIALYSIS PRINCIPLES & PROCEDURES

HDT 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8894 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 2:50 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $120

Credits: 4

Defines the basic principles of diffusion, filtration, fluid dynamics and osmosis relating to the dialysis process. Overviews of the dialysis environment and kidney functions. Patient vitals and monitoring the treatment, including normal and abnormal values. Perform laboratory tests and use patient documentation procedures. Identify causes, signs, and symptoms, preventions and interventions for medical and technical complications that may occur during dialysis. Includes patient dietary and nutrition requirements. .

Course Outcomes

  • Define basic principles of diffusion, osmosis relating to dialysis
  • Identify normal kidney function
  • Explain how dialysis treatment replaces some of the normal kidney function
  • Initiate, monitor and terminate a dialysis treatment
  • Identify complications of dialysis treatment

MACHINE SETUP/MAINTENANCE

HDT 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
88A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 10 a.m. Daily Markovits, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $54

Credits: 4

Covers use and setup of hemodialysis machines. Instruction focuses on organizing and setting up the dialysis machine and equipment, priming and dry machine stringing. Various testing equipment commonly used in dialysis units are studied, as well as preparation and mixing of hemodialysis concentrates. Includes standard precautions and aseptic techniques. Prepares student to initiate monitor and terminate a routine hemodialysis treatment. .

Course Outcomes

  • Strip, clean and setup a dialysis machine in 5 minutes
  • Prime a dialysis machine using standard procedures and aseptic techniques
  • Prepare and mix solution for a dialysis treatment
  • Demonstrate use of conductivity/pH meters, test strips by reading and applying correctly
  • Simulate TX on and off procedure

WATER TREATMENT

HDT 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8824 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $29.75

Credits: 3

Basic concepts of water treatment and dialyzer reuse are covered, including instruction on the varied devices used in hemodialysis. Also studied are advantages and disadvantages of filters, carbon tanks, deionizers, ultraviolet light, and reverse osmosis in the treatment of water for dialysis. Students will prepare a typical water treatment monitoring schedule. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. .

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the function of the devices used to treat water for hemodialysis
  • Demonstrate knowledge of AAMI regulations as they relate to dialysis
  • Prepare a typical water treatment-monitoring log
  • Perform a chloramines test, hardness test and pH test using various equipment

VASCULAR ACCESS

HDT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8834 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 7:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $29.75

Credits: 3

The history and importance of vascular access are reviewed, including the major types of permanent and temporary vascular access. Use of appropriate needle insertion for arteriovenous fistulae and grafts. Instruction in catheter care and connections. Use the four types of anastomosis used for internal arteriovenous fistulae. Management of thrombosis, infection, hematoma, bleeding, steal syndrome, aneurysm, and catheter dislodgement. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. .

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the history & importance of vascular access
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the major types of vascular access
  • Connect and disconnect dialysis following standard procedures and aseptic techniques
  • Insert fistulae needles into grafts and fistulae training arms using correct angles of insertion

PROFESSIONAL PATIENT INTERACTION

HDT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8844 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 5:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. Th Savona, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 227 $29.75

Credits: 3

Explores the relationship and psychological boundaries between the technician, the patient, and the renal facility. Includes concepts of patient education. Basic interpersonal verbal and non-verbal communication is covered, with a focus on adapting to an individual’s special needs or cultural orientation. Students will be given the tools to develop listening skills by practicing assertive communication and developing appropriate interpersonal relationships using the concepts of patient confidentiality. Covers body mechanics and proper lifting techniques. Includes information on sexual harassment. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the relationship and psychological boundaries between the patient and technician
  • Use proper body mechanics & lifting techniques
  • Demonstrate proper communication with patients, coworkers and the dialysis facility

CLINICAL PRACTICUM

HDT 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8854 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 Arranged Arranged MWF Savona, T. In-Person Off Campus $14

Credits: 6

During the clinical experience, the student will participate in a dialysis facility as a member of the health care team in applying principles of hemodialysis, standard precautions, fluid management, initiating and concluding a dialysis treatment, patient and equipment monitoring, and treatment of routine hemodialysis problems in accordance with the standard dialysis procedures and policies of the facilities. Student will need to complete a total of 300 hours in the clinic. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes.

Course Outcomes

  • Remove old tubing, clean machine and set-up dialysis machine for next patient
  • Identify and use proper lifting techniques
  • Initiate and conclude a dialysis treatment using standard precautions and aseptic techniques
  • Program and monitor dialysis machine correctly for each patient
  • Perform test and duties needed

FIELD STUDY

HDT 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
88B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 3 p.m. F Markovits, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 216 $29.75

Credits: 1

Familiarizes the student with various dialysis companies in the greater Puget Sound area. The students will be partnered in small groups and will be required to contact four different dialysis companies in the area in order to conduct an interview with a staff member. The information gathered will be collected into a notebook to be submitted at the end of the class. Information to be included: interview notes, locations of individual dialysis units, maps to each unit, contact person for each of the units, size of the company, etc. The notebook will be a reference for the student when seeking a dialysis technician position at the end of the course.

Course Outcomes

  • Student will compile information for future reference
  • Student will make contact with staff members for the purpose of networking. To help obtain employment when finished with Hemodialysis Technician program

HISTOTECHNOLOGY III

HISTO135

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6704 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 232 $55

Credits: 10

Covers theory and techniques learned in Histotechnology I and II. Students will study more complicated special stains, focusing on methods used for microorganisms, pigments, minerals, the nervous system, connective tissue, and muscle stains. Prerequisites: Successful completion of HISTO 120, 125 and 130.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • The student will receive theory on the steps, functions of solutions and results of connective tissue and muscle stains
  • The student will receive theory the steps, functions of solutions and results of the microorganism stains
  • The student will receive theory the steps, functions of solutions, and results of the nervous system stains
  • The student will receive theory the steps, functions of solutions and results of the pigments and minerals stains.
  • The student will participate in the development of an action plan for “go-live” in the simulated student laboratory

HISTOTECHNOLOGY LAB III

HISTO140

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6714 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 232 $55

Credits: 5

Expands upon the knowledge and techniques learned in HistoTechnology Lab I and II. Students will perform more complicated special stains focusing on methods used to demonstrate microorganisms, pigments, and minerals. Students also perform special stains commonly run on brain, muscle, and connective tissue. Prerequisites: To be taken concurrently with HISTO 135.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • The student will perform the steps, functions of solutions and results of connective tissue and muscle stains
  • The student will perform the steps, functions of solutions and results of the microorganism stains
  • The student will perform the steps, functions of solutions, and results of the nervous system stains
  • The student will perform the steps, functions of solutions and results of the pigments and minerals stains
  • The student will perform “go-live” in the simulated student laboratory
  • The student will perform stains while thinking individually and working in teams without direct supervision
  • The student will communicate effectively within a team to complete assignments

IMMUNOHISTO CHEMISTRY

HISTO145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
6724 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 232 $55

Credits: 5

Covers basic immunohistochemistry theory and techniques. Prerequisites: To be taken concurrently with HISTO 135 and 140.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • The student will perform IHC manually
  • The student will perform antigen retrieval techniques
  • The student will perform antibody, antigen immunohistochemistry with and without antigen retrieval
  • The student will recognize the importance and understand the theory of positive controls and negative controls
  • The student will communicate effectively within a team while thinking independently

THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS

HS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2404 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Callahan-McCain, T. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 112 $25

Credits: 5

Acquaints students with the basic methods of therapeutic communication. Emphasis is placed upon building basic active listening skills. Students will demonstrate mastery of theory through classroom activities, including mock interviews and videotaping. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading or 77 for writing, or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed of MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Through mock interviews, demonstrate therapeutic communication skills when engaging in professional interaction with clients
  • Effectively describe and demonstrate active listening skills and multicultural communication styles
  • Accurately identify and demonstrate stages of interview structure
  • Accurately describe ethical standards, boundaries and responsibilities of the helping profession

HIV/AIDS & BLOOD-BORNE PATHOGENS

HS 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2414 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Hauzinger, I. Online Online $25

Credits: 1

Increases students’ knowledge of HIV/AIDS and blood-borne pathogens. Students will gain knowledge of the history of HIV/AIDS and related issues. Provides ten hours of HIV/ AIDS training in the areas of transmission, occupational safety, and standard precautions. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Detail etiology, epidemiology, common symptoms, treatment modalities, and psychosocial/socio-cultural effects associated with Human Immunodeficiency Virus
  • Correctly identify standard precautions and their practical applications in the human services work environment
  • Demonstrate knowledge of Blood Bourne Pathogens

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES

HS 127

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2424 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 112 $25

Credits: 5

Introduces students to human services as a profession and will include a historical and philosophical framework of human service delivery. Contemporary roles and the human service worker will be covered, including areas such as typical duties and tasks of human service workers, income, maintenance, children’s services, family services, aging, substance abuse, mental health, services for persons with disabilities, and the sociocultural aspects of providing services in a multiculturally diverse society. Students will also examine the competencies and qualifications required to become an effective human service worker, as well as the occupational and educational alternatives for graduates. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify and describe an historical framework for the present delivery of human services in a multicultural, diverse society
  • Correctly describe the services and service population of a variety of human service agencies
  • Accurately detail the legal and ethical standards for practice as a human services professional
  • Accurately detail the legal and ethical standards for practice as a human services professional
  • Identify a human services area of interest for future internship experiences

INTERNSHIP I

HS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2434 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Hauzinger, I. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $39

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within an agency of their choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

THEORIES OF COUNSELING

HS 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2444 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Hauzinger, I. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $25

Credits: 5

Increases student knowledge of a variety of counseling theories, theorists, and techniques from both a historical and contemporary viewpoint. Students will explore the practical application and appropriate uses of these theories in the human services system. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately identify and describe the major theories of personality
  • Identify and apply practical applications of theory, ethical use and ethical dilemmas of specific techniques within social service populations
  • Accurately identify the stages of the counseling process and counseling methods and modalities
  • Define multi-cultural and demonstrate an understanding of applying counseling techniques amongst diverse populations
  • Participate in mock counseling sessions and apply skill set/knowledge from lectures

FAMILY SYSTEMS

HS 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2454 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Callahan-McCain, T. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 112 $25

Credits: 3

Explores the dynamics of healthy and unhealthy family systems in both traditional and alternative families. Students will study a variety of approaches to assist families in managing and coping with the stressors of family life in contemporary society. Introduces family intervention strategies and the development of human service skills to service families. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Analyze the cultural, social and economic variables, which impact the family
  • Differentiate between “healthy” and “problematic” family patterns and behaviors
  • Summarize various methods of family intervention strategies
  • Define and explain developmental stages of the Family

SURVEY OF COMMUNITY RESOURCES

HS 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2464 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 3 p.m. WF Callahan-McCain, T. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 112 $120

Credits: 3

Introduces students to a variety of community-based human service agencies through examination of their services, functions, and service populations. The class will participate in field visits, guest lectures, and exercises designed to assist them in understanding the relevance of each service component to the whole community, regional, and state system. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Examine the services, functions, and service populations of local community human services agencies
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the relevance for each service component to the whole community, regional and state system
  • Identify a human services agency as a potential internship placement

BEHAVIORAL HEALTH & WELLNESS

HS 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2474 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Hauzinger, I. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $25

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the dimensions of wellness, including physical, emotional, social, and spiritual components. Students explore strategies for personal behavioral health and wellness, including coping strategies, personal boundaries, self-awareness and how to avoid burnout on the job. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Examine the physical, emotional, social and spiritual components of wellness
  • Demonstrate knowledge of healthy coping strategies to avoid professional burnout and the steps to recovery following burnout
  • Produce behavioral plans to correct unhealthy client’s behaviors
  • Correctly identify personal boundaries necessary for successful human service workers

LAW & ETHICS FOR HUMAN SERVICES

HS 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2484 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Hauzinger, I. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $25

Credits: 3

Presents an overview of the ethical and professional issues that human services workers will face in the field. Included are such topics as ethical decision making, professional responsibilities, liability, confidentiality, records and rights of clients, professional codes of ethics, core values and personal issues, supervision, leadership, and the legal system. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify personal core values & leadership style
  • Effectively demonstrate knowledge of ethical decision making and professional responsibilities
  • Write effective progress notes in the SOAP and DAP styles and learn how to apply those skills by documenting case notes & participating in mock case staffings
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the Juvenile, Superior and Civil court systems, court testimony and legal issues for human services workers
  • Correctly identify legal and ethical issues associated with human services & documentation in human services

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HS 238

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
2494 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Increases the student’s knowledge and skill by formulating and implementing a special project related to the Human Services field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in project management
  • Take an in-depth look at chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

SELECTED TOPICS

HS 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Students will be responsible for performing either a literature review and/or research on a human services-related topic. Students must obtain authorization from the Instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in research
  • Take an in-depth look at their chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

INTERNSHIP II

HS 244

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24B4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Hauzinger, I. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $39

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship I is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services Program courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

INTERNSHIP III

HS 258

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 6 p.m. MTTh Callahan-McCain, T. Hybrid Bldg. 02, Rm. 112 $39

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship II is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTIONS OF ALCOHOL AND DRUGS

HSCD 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24G4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 5 p.m. 7:15 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. In-Person Bldg. 02 $0
244H 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 3:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. M Anderson, C. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $0

Credits: 3

Students will learn to identify the physiological effects of psychoactive substances on the user. Management of chronic and acute conditions and drug interactions are covered. Instructor permission required.

Note:

Only section 241H is an I-BEST class.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the various causes of addiction
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the continuum of drug use and the physiological and psychological effects
  • Demonstrate knowledge of infectious diseases and addiction and their relationship with substance abuse

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & COUNSELING: INDIV & GROUPS

HSCD 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24H4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged French, S. Online Online $25
244G 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 3:30 p.m. 6 p.m. TTh Anderson, C. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $0

Credits: 5

Focuses on learning a collaborative process that facilitates the client’s progress toward mutually determined treatment goals and objectives. Students will learn counseling competencies that include sensitivity to the client’s individual characteristics and culture; the role of the counselor; approaches to counseling and addiction disorders; use of warmth, respect, genuineness, concreteness, empathy; and the therapeutic use of power and authority. Group dynamics and strategies will also be covered.

Note:

Only section 241G is an I-BEST class.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate Knowledge of theories, research, best practice literature & effective approaches with substance use disorders
  • Demonstrate Knowledge of the role of the counselor & therapeutic uses of power & authority
  • Provide definitions of warmth, respect, genuineness, concreteness & empathy
  • Demonstrate techniques for dealing with transference, counter-transference & projective identification

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION

HSCD 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24J4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 7:45 p.m. 10 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. In-Person Bldg. 02 $0
244V 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 3:30 p.m. 5:15 p.m. W Anderson, C. In-Person Bldg. 02, Rm. 120 $0

Credits: 2

Includes learning how to use screening, evaluation, and assessment techniques, as well as being able to determine a client’s readiness for treatment and change, and determining an appropriate level of care for the client. Instructor permission required.

Note:

Only section 241V is an I-BEST class.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand basic screening, assessment, and evaluation tools, methods, procedures, and interpretation
  • Become familiar with the range of life information that must be gathered in order to provide the client with a comprehensive treatment plan
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the ongoing nature of the assessment process and the collaboration that occurs between counselor and client
  • Learn documentation techniques for assessment findings and treatment recommendations

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HSCD 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24D4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Students will be responsible for formulating and implementing ideas to complete a special project related to the human services field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in project management
  • Take an in-depth look at chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

SELECTED TOPICS

HSCD 259

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
24F4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Explores a human services chemical dependency related topic by students performing either a literature review and/or research on a human services related topic. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in research
  • Take an in-depth look at their chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8104 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $99.75

Credits: 7

This course will focus on orientation and introduction to campus policies and rules of conduct. This course will also introduce the student to program policies, dress code, attendance, classroom, and workplace rules of conduct, program goals, and grading system. The focus also in this unit will be instruction and demonstrations on the use of various communication devices and introduction to the EMR/HER and related Windows programs used in the hospital. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit
  • Accurately discuss stages of how health unit coordinating evolved
  • Accurately discuss the overall functions of the health unit coordinator
  • Accurately discuss the name of nursing units and describe the services provided by each unit
  • Accurately identify the title of physicians serving in a medical specialty field
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate rules of telephone etiquette as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate the use of the telephone hold button as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss computer components that are usually located at the nurse’s station
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate items to be recorded when taking a telephone message as presented in class

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8114 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. TWTh Scotland, T. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 3

Introduces basic word elements used in building medical terminology and identifies the different types of word elements present in each medical term by name. Introduces medical terms, body structure, and pathology in relation to each body system: integumentary, musculoskeletal, sensory, circulatory, nervous, endocrine, and digestive systems. Prerequisite: HUC 102. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES I

HUC 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8124 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. M Scotland, T. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $77.75

Credits: 8

Enables identification of the forms commonly used in the patient’s chart and enables students to explain the purpose of a patient’s chart and recognize the charting responsibilities for each health care team member. Presents instruction and procedures for scheduling appointments by telephone, computer and writing. Also focuses on students’ performance in the computer skill laboratory, demonstrating their cognitive knowledge for maintaining medical records; ordering laboratory and diagnostic exams; accurately transcribing physicians’ orders; recognizing treatment orders; ordering nursing supplies; identifying abbreviations, symbols, and terms used in a medication order; and charting information accurately to the appropriate forms and the Kardex for their pseudo patients. Prerequisites: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define terms and abbreviations related to each body system
  • Accurately distinguish between anatomy and physiology
  • Accurately list the main functions of each body system
  • Correctly complete statements concerning the characteristics of each body system
  • Accurately state the meaning of basic combining forms, prefixes, and suffixes of medical terms related to each body system
  • Accurately complete statements concerning pathology of each body system
  • Given the meaning of medical conditions relating to each body system, build the word elements and identify the corresponding medical terms
  • Accurately name the organs and describe the functions of each body system
  • Accurately identify medical terms, which are surgical procedures, as well as those, which are diagnostic studies in relation to each body system

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES II

HUC 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8134 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MThF Briggs, M. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 4

Focuses on cognitive knowledge and performance skills in the computer laboratory. The student will demonstrate performance skills for maintaining medical records, accurately transcribing physicians’ orders to the appropriate chart forms and Kardex, as well as completion of pseudo patient charts. Prerequisite: HUC 109: completion of 104, 106, 113, and 120. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8144 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. Daily Briggs, M. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 1

Enables the student to describe and utilize good listening skills as a means of preventing and/or solving conflicts with a variety of people in different situations. The focus will also include developing skills for the role of the communicator for the nursing unit. The student will also be given the tools for developing and practicing assertive communication, interpersonal relationships, and confidentiality skills. Prerequisite: HUC 102.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for effective communication skills
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for interpersonal relationships when interacting with physicians, other hospital staff, patients, and visitors

ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS APPLICATIONS IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8154 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTTh Briggs, M. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 2

Improve communication among diverse culture and incorporate the relevant needs of culturally diverse groups in the medical field. Provide the student with an overview and understanding of the fundamentals of communication.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT

HUC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8164 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. W Scotland, T. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 3

Covers management responsibilities for the nursing unit, including time management and identification of possible fire and safety hazards on the nursing unit. Prerequisite: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106, 109, and 113. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations and symbols related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss hospital departments and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately identify standard chart forms and requisitions, and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate methods used to maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately discuss the purpose of the patient chart and kardex / pathway
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate maintenance procedures of patient’s chart
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating and demonstrate, admission, transfer and discharge procedures
  • Correctly describe the cause, treatment, prevention techniques, and ways of protection for the spread of AIDS
  • Accurately define standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for interpreting and communicating physician’s orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate ordering treatments from other hospital departments
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for preparation and completion of fourteen pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT II

HUC 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8174 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TW Briggs, M. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 3

Focus is on cognitive knowledge for managing the nursing unit and developing communication skills using verbal and written communication. The student will develop leadership and performance skills by practicing classroom management. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 113 and 120. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this course
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate verbal and written communication skills to convey information
  • Accurately discuss areas of management on the nursing unit in a hospital
  • Accurately define the term manage, as it relates to the duties of the Health Unit Coordinator
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate leadership skills

LEGAL/ETHICAL ASPECTS OF UNIT COORDINATING

HUC 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8184 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. WF Briggs, M. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $4.75

Credits: 2

Enables the student to identify legal elements that are necessary in regard to preparing legal documents, discussing hospital and patient confidentiality, or witnessing signatures on consents for treatment. The ethics of this profession will be explored and how to apply these ethics in professional behaviors. AIDS education, blood-borne pathogens, HIPAA and hepatitis information will also be covered. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, and 120; enrollment in HUC 112, 118, and 122.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this module
  • Accurately discuss professional standards for health unit coordinators
  • Accurately describe and demonstrate ethical behavior

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

HUC 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
8194 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 10 p.m. TWThF Briggs, M. In-Person Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $14

Credits: 7

Enables the student to use the cognitive and performance objectives from courses HUC 102 through 126 in the clinical setting. The focus is on preparation of a resume, employment application, and an employment interview. In order to participate in the clinical aspect of the program, students must receive a No Record on File report from the Washington State Patrol regarding Crimes Against Persons. Clinical hours vary from six to eight hours per day, four days a week. Students unable to complete course HUC 132 will have the option of completing clinical rotation with the next available program, on approval from the instructors, within six months. Prerequisite: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, 120, 112, 122, and 126.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic skills and knowledge in professional behavior expected of a Health Unit Coordinator in the work place
  • Demonstrate responsibility and accountability for performance of non-clinical skills that are necessary in the hospital, clinic, extended care facility, and physician’s office
  • Accurately transcribe physician orders, utilizing knowledge of anatomy and physiology, medical terms and abbreviations
  • Demonstrate proficiency in meeting performance objectives in a clinical setting
  • Demonstrate effective communicate skills with patients, visitors, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately discuss and prepare a resume and employment application.
  • Accurately discuss strategies for planning and preparation for an employment interview

ECG MONITOR TECHNICIAN

HUC 204

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
81A4 0/20 April 14, 2015 May 12, 2015 12:15 p.m. 3:15 p.m. TWThF Perez, J. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 105 $25

Credits: 3

This course will examine basic cardiac function, normal and abnormal cardiac rhythms, etiology of arrhythmias and interpretation of EKG tracing. Class time will consist of lectures, identifying rhythms and group challenges. Cardiac rhythms can be relatively straight or amazingly confounding. Not to worry! The purpose of this course is to provide you with an excellent baseline understanding of both the simple and more complex rhythms.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe electrical activation of the normal heart related to EKG tracing
  • Implement a systematic approach to reading rhythm strips
  • Identify equipment required for cardiac monitoring
  • Understand the concept of paper time in order to calculate heart rate
  • Identify the Atrial and Ventricular rhythms
  • Describe or identify Precordial Shock or Cardioversion
  • Describe or identify EKG manifestations associated with Electrolyte changes and Ischemia

LEADERSHIP I

LEADR100

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0568 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Hybrid Arranged $25

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP II

LEADR101

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0569 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Hybrid Arranged $25

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP III

LEADR102

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0570 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Hybrid Arranged $25

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP IV

LEADR103

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0571 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Hybrid Arranged $25

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

BODY SYSTEMS THEORY 101

MAP 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3884 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 6:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m. W Stroup, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 108 $25

Credits: 4

Section 3884 has orientation on April 1 from 6:30-9:30 p.m. The actual class is April 14-June 18, Mondays and Wednesdays from 4-7 p.m.

Caring for patients with disorders associated with hematology, endocrinology, obstetrics and gynecology, urology and male reproduction, and gastroenterology. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CAH 102, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 124.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define and describe the structures and functions of the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Identify the most common pathological conditions affecting the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Specify drug classifications related to the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Build, analyze, define, pronounce and spell words related to the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Cite diagnostic procedures commonly used in the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Detail the essential components of the self breast exam

BODY SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS 101

MAP 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
38B4 0/20 April 15, 2015 June 18, 2015 4 p.m. 7 p.m. TTh Stroup, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 122 $25

Credits: 3

Practice fundamental skills relating to Body Systems Theory 101. Skills includes blood glucose monitoring, care and use of the microscope, blood typing, cell identification and staining along with practicing care and usage of the otoscope, ear/eye exams, audiometry, physical and chemical urinalysis, and UA slide preparation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CAH 102, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 121.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform self blood glucose monitoring, observing medical asepsis and aseptic technique, safety and CDC guidelines
  • Demonstrate the care and use of the microscope, the preparation and staining of push slides, blood typing, and hematocrit determination
  • Demonstrate the care and use of the ophthalmoscope and the otoscope
  • Perform audiometry testing and perform vision testing and record results
  • Instruct patients in the collection of mid-steam urine specimen
  • Determine urine color and clarity by visual inspection. Determine specific gravity by refractometer. Assess the chemical properties of urine using reagent strips
  • List the normal values for urine
  • Prepare a slide for a microscopic urine exam
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level

BODY SYSTEMS THEORY 103

MAP 166

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3834 0/25 April 7, 2015 June 11, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Jones, M. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 111 $29.75

Credits: 4

Caring for patients with disorders associated with dermatology, orthopedic medicine, surgical asepsis and procedures. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Prerequisites: Completion of MAP 121 and 124. Corequisites: MAP 169, 173, 177 and 213.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define and describe the structures and functions of the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems
  • Identify the most common pathological conditions affecting the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems
  • Specify drug classifications related to the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems
  • Build, analyze, define, pronounce and spell words related to the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems
  • Cite the diagnostic procedures commonly used in the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems

BODY SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS 103

MAP 169

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3844 0/25 April 8, 2015 June 12, 2015 12 p.m. 3 p.m. WF Jones, M. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 122 $29.75

Credits: 3

Practice fundamental skills relating to Body Systems Theory 103. Skills include wound and burn care, assisting with sutures and suture removal, fiberglass cast application and removal, asepsis and infection control, identifying surgical instruments and proper care of instruments, assisting with minor office surgery, and operating autoclave. Prerequisites: Completion of MAP’s 121 and 124. Corequisites: MAP 166, 173, 177 and 213.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Irrigate wounds, culture, remove sutures and skin closure staples, assist with laceration repair, observing the principles of medical asepsis and aseptic technique
  • Apply steri-strips, a pressure dressing (smile-frown), and a basic 4-layer dressing recognizing the healing process
  • Assist with the application of a cast
  • Remove a cast, observing the safety and comfort of the patient
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level
  • Properly fit a patient for crutches and explain the correct mechanics of crutch walking
  • Observe sterile procedures while gloving, opening surgical packs to create the field, and adding sterile items to the field
  • Assist with minor office surgery

ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

MAP 173

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3854 0/25 April 1, 2015 May 14, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TWTh Jones, M. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 111 $29.75

Credits: 4

Covers basics of accounting and bookkeeping. Includes expanded discussion on manual procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: MAT 082 or higher. Completion of MAP 182 and 184. Corequisites: MAP 166, 169, 177 and 213.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define accounting, describe the accounting cycle, and explain the importance of accounting information as it relates to the financial health of a medical practice
  • Identify and define asset, liability, and owner’s equity accounts, including revenue and expense, and record a group of business transactions in various formats such as columnar, T accounts, general journal and general ledger
  • Explain the use of debits and credits, and prepare financial statements including a trial balance, income statement, statement of owner’s equity, and balance sheet
  • Correct entries using the ruling method and correcting entry method, and journalize and post adjusting entries for a service type enterprise, involving adjustments for supplies used, expired insurance, depreciation, and accrued wages
  • Recall the steps in the accounting cycle, journalize and post closing entries for a service-type enterprise, and prepare a post-closing trial balance

FINANCIAL PRACTICES

MAP 177

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3864 0/25 May 19, 2015 June 17, 2015 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TWTh Jones, M. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 111 $29.75

Credits: 2

Continues developing skills from Accounting Practices course. Instruction also includes bank accounts and cash funds, and methods of preparation for employee and employer payroll and business taxes. Prerequisite: MAT 082 or high. Completion of MAP 182 and 184. Corequisites: MAP 166, 169, 173 and 213.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify a day sheet, a daily journal, patient ledger card; balance both a day sheet and monthly bank statement
  • Explain the process of ordering supplies and paying invoices, discuss the types of payroll records, and explain which taxes are withheld from employee paychecks

PATIENT RECEPTION AND LEGAL COMPONENTS

MAP 182

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3894 0/20 April 13, 2015 May 15, 2015 7:30 p.m. 10 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 108 $25

Credits: 4

Section 3894 has additional lab times on Friday April 17-May 15, 4-6 p.m.

Emphasis on customer service within the health care field, focusing on effective communication with the patient while projecting and promoting a positive image of the profession and the office. This course also includes telephone techniques, patient scheduling, introduction to chart management, and business correspondence for the medical office, including cover letter and resume preparation. Defines law and ethics relating to the health care field, focusing on components specific to medical assistants. Prerequisite: Successful completion of CAH 102, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 184.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the principles of interpersonal relationships and enhance communications with all patients
  • List two major forms of communication and define active listening
  • Cite examples of how cultural differences may affect communication and explain how stereotyping and biased opinions can affect patient care
  • Outline the basic guidelines for telephone use and the function of other basic office equipment
  • Distinguish the fundamental rules of English usage and process of written communications including cover letter & resume writing
  • Detail preparation of correspondence; identify the various mailing options and the procedures for sorting and prioritizing incoming mail
  • Identify and describe the process of making travel and meeting arrangements
  • Manage appointment schedule, patient’s admissions and/or procedures using established priorities
  • Implement time management principles to maintain effective office function

MEDICAL RECORDS MANAGEMENT

MAP 184

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
38A4 0/20 May 15, 2015 June 18, 2015 7 p.m. 9:30 p.m. F Stroup, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 108 $25

Credits: 3

Section 38A4 has orientation on May 15 from 7-9:30 p.m. The actual class is May 18-June 18, Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays from 7:30-10 p.m.

Instruct and apply knowledge relating to medical records including the creation, management and legality of both the paper and electronic record as well as filing systems utilized within the healthcare office. Focus will also include assisting patients in obtaining health and community services, as well as supplies and inventory control. Prerequisite: Successful completion of CAH 102, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 182.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Stipulate legal and ethical principles concerning the healthcare practice, including healthcare personnel and the establishment of a filing system
  • Identify components of creating, purging and retaining medical records
  • Organize and file the medical record
  • Execute data management using electronic healthcare records
  • Use the internet to access information related to the medical office
  • Use office hardware and software to maintain office systems
  • Detail community, state, and national resources available to patient and physicians
  • Detail inventory control

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNSHIP

MAP 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3874 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 15, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. M Jones, M. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 122 $29.75

Credits: 4

Demonstrate competencies of entry-level skills acquired throughout the Medical Assistant Program. Instruction will include introduction to dosage calculations, caring for pediatric patients, geriatric patients, and phlebotomy skills. Each student will perform and must pass the following skills: blood pressures, patient workups, growth charting, phlebotomy skills, urinalysis, hematocrit, blood glucose check, audio and visual exam, electrocardiogram, telephone techniques, computerized accounts payable/receivable, and electronic record and chart management. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAP 147, 163, 171 and 179. This course must be taken the quarter immediately prior to fifth quarter courses. If more than one quarter passes before beginning fifth quarter, students will have to repeat this course. Co-requisites: MAP 173, 177, 166 & 169.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform self blood glucose monitoring and hematocrit determination, observing medical asepsis and aseptic technique, safety and CDC guidelines
  • Perform audiometry testing and perform vision testing and record results
  • Obtain throat specimen for culturing, perform rapid strep A test
  • Apply basic 4-layer dressing
  • Perform a basic 12-lead electrocardiogram and mount an electrocardiogram strip for reading
  • Assess the chemical properties of urine using reagent strips
  • Accurately measure and record anthropometric measurements and vital signs
  • Demonstrate knowledge of creating and managing a patient medical record
  • Demonstrate competency of telephone techniques within the medical office
  • Define and describe the structures and functions of Pediatrics and Geriatrics
  • Identify the most common pathological conditions affecting Pediatrics and Geriatrics as well as perform growth charting
  • Obtain a blood specimen from a patient by venipuncture, selecting the correct tube according to the order, identifying the patient, locating and preparing the site, and caring for the site after the draw
  • Match the common anticoagulants to tube color, order of the draw, and tests ordered
  • List precautions to be observed when drawing blood
  • Obtain blood specimen utilizing the butterfly collection system, the needle/syringe collection system, and the evacuated tube system
  • Calculate drug dosages using the ratio-proportion formula
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level

INVASIVE PROCEDURES

MAP 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3814 0/20 April 1, 2015 April 14, 2015 8 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Keith, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 122 $50

Credits: 5

Introduction of intramuscular, subcutaneous, and intradermal injections as well as phlebotomy and microbiology. Also includes calculation of dosages. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses through MAP 168, including general education courses and compliance with the MAP immunization policy and health insurance policy. Co-requisites: MAP 222 and 232. Instructor permission required.

COMMUNITY EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND LOCATIONS

MAP 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
38C4 0/20 June 12, 2015 June 17, 2015 10 a.m. 3 p.m. MTWF Stroup, L. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 111 $29.75

Credits: 1

Locate the major medical employers (including hospitals) in the student’s community, along with their human resource department. This course also includes interviewing techniques, updating your resume, and methods of applying for employment through a variety of sources. Prerequisites: Co-requisites: MAPs 215 and 210. .

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the major medical employers in the community
  • Locate employment opportunities through the newspaper, internet, employment agencies, etc
  • Identify human resource department for large healthcare employers
  • Update cover letter and resume in preparation for job searching, along with participate in mock interview process
  • Complete forms to exit program and prepare for national certification exam

EXTERNSHIP

MAP 232

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
3824 0/20 April 15, 2015 June 12, 2015 Arranged Arranged Daily Keith, L. Hybrid Arranged $39

Credits: 10

Capstone course gives students practical experiences in physician offices and clinics. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all MAP courses, excluding MAP 222. Instructor permission required.

ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY I

MASST110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1204 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 5:30 p.m. 8 p.m. TTh Slegers, E. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 5

Introduces the student to anatomy and physiology, cytology, integumentary, osteology, mycology and the nervous system.

Course Outcomes

  • MASST 110
  • Demonstrate knowledge of normal Anatomy and Physiology
  • Demonstrate knowledge of pathological changes
  • Demonstrate how these systems relate to massage therapy

SWEDISH MASSAGE THEORY

MASST114

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1214 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 5:30 p.m. 7 p.m. MWF Priest, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 305 $50

Credits: 5

Introduces the learner to the history, application, and principles of Swedish massage. This includes not only the massage strokes, but also client safety, communication, and charting of results. Prerequisite: The student will have submitted a medical statement of health from a primary care provider verifying their ability to safely participate in all aspects of the program prior to admission. MASST 114 must be taken concurrently with MASST 117.

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the fundamental theories relating to Swedish Massage
  • Identify contraindications to safe massage practice
  • Identify the timelines and historical figures instrumental to the evolution of massage therapy as it is practiced today
  • Demonstrate communication skills for safely interacting with future clientele
  • Demonstrate proficiency in SOAP charting

CLINICAL MASSAGE TECHNIQUES

MASST115

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1254 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 27, 2015 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MTW Meziere, Y. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 4

Course Outcomes

  • Choose and correctly apply techniques specific to any Stage of Inflammation
  • List both indications and contraindications for each technique employed
  • Justify the use of a specific technique in order to help achieve a treatment goal

SWEDISH MASSAGE PRACTICE

MASST117

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1224 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MWF Priest, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 205 $50

Credits: 4

Apply knowledge and techniques taught in Swedish Massage Theory. This class prepares students to practice safe, relaxing, therapeutic, and effective Swedish massage. In addition to proper use and application of Swedish massage strokes, students will also practice proper self-care techniques and learn how to care for their equipment. Prerequisite: MASST 117 must be taken concurrently with MASST 114.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform a basic Swedish Massage with proper body mechanics and draping
  • Demonstrate and perform self-care stretches and breathing techniques for client and personal use
  • Identify sites of caution and treatment considerations
  • Identify and affect different tissues through use of palpation and observation
  • Identify and practice universal precautions, and hygiene as it applies to the massage environment

CLINICAL APPLICATION OF MASSAGE THERAPY

MASST123

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1264 0/20 April 1, 2015 May 27, 2015 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MTW Meziere, Y. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 4

Introduces and prepares students to recognize, assess, and effectively treat common musculoskeletal pathologies. Other information covered is scope of practice, tissue healing, defining causes of injury, stages of rehabilitation and common mistakes that massage therapists make. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Practitioner course or equivalent, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner.

Course Outcomes

  • List typical causes of injury
  • Describe the stages of inflammation, and factors that affect recovery time
  • Identify and assess common musculoskeletal injuries, and be able to formulate a safe and effective treatment plan
  • Correctly chart results in a SOAP format
  • Communicate effectively with clients regarding injury and self-care

KINESIOLOGY: UPPER EXTREMITY

MASST126

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1234 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 8 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TTh Priest, J. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 2

Introduces students to the study of movement. Presents the beginning principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the upper extremity using palpation techniques, movement and anatomical terminology.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and palpate all the major bones of the human body
  • Explain muscular contraction and how it corresponds to movements of the body
  • Use proper anatomical terminology to explain movements and relationships between different body areas
  • Identify and palpate muscles of the upper extremity by origin, insertion, fiber direction and actions
  • Demonstrate safe, effective and professional palpation skills

ASSESSMENT & TREATMENT OF THE BACK

MASST131

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1274 0/20 June 1, 2015 Arranged 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. MTW Meziere, Y. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 2

Detailed and extensive review of the structure and function of the back. Students will explore common musculoskeletal and neurological pathologies that can affect the back and will formulate a treatment plan to safely and effectively assess and treat those conditions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 115 and MASST 123

Course Outcomes

  • Safely and effectively assess and treat the back
  • Identify indications and contraindications to treatment
  • Recognize when to refer a client to another Health Care Provider for assessment or treatment

Clinical Busin & Ethic I

MASST139

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1284 0/20 April 6, 2015 June 17, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. MW Meziere, Y. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 1

Prepares students to communicate with other health care practitioners through proper and thorough documentation. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Massage Practitioner program, completion of a similar program from another accredited institution, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner.

Course Outcomes

  • Write an introductory letter to a referring health care provider
  • Summarize and document the first treatment massage in an initial report to the referring health care provider
  • Summarize and document a series of treatments in a progress report to the referring health care provider

ORTHOPEDIC ASSESSMENT

MASST145

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1294 0/20 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Th Meziere, Y. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $85

Credits: 4

Detailed analysis of joints, ligaments, and how movements are affected by surrounding structures. Integrating basic assessment and treatment of common musculoskeletal injuries and conditions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126, MASST 130, MASST 137 and MASST 146 or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe and identify the major joints and their ligaments
  • Demonstrate and perform safe and effective Range of Motion assessments
  • Formulate an effective treatment plan based upon assessment results
  • Use palpations to discriminate between different tissues and pinpoint structure locations

CLINICAL MASSAGE ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I

MASST147

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
12A4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 9 a.m. 12 p.m. T Slegers, E. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $50

Credits: 3

Explores body systems with an emphasis on the common pathologies of those systems. In addition to covering the cause and effect of those pathologies, the learner will also be presented with the common allopathic treatments their clients may be receiving for those conditions. Pharmacology will include effects and side-effects of the medications, and how those relate to the indications and contraindications of massage. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Massage Practitioner program, completion of a similar program from another accredited institution, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate proficiency in Musculo-Skeletal Dysfunction Anatomy and Physiology
  • Discuss conceptual understanding of R/T Systems
  • Work effectively as a team member
  • Explore, discuss and address openly thoughts and ideas
  • Create time, be self-motivated for the study of Anatomy and Physiology
  • Discuss conceptual understanding of Musculo-Skeletal Dysfunctions
  • Improve ability to think critically – Critical Thinking Skills
  • Critical understanding of basic Diagnosis and Treatment of Musculo-Skeletal Dysfuntions

PRACTICUM I

MASST158

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
1244 0/20 April 3, 2015 June 12, 2015 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Meziere, Y. In-Person Bldg. 08, Rm. 108 $64

Credits: 3

Allows the student to choose and pursue individual workplace experience opportunities. This opportunity may be in a supervised internship setting, on-site events, and/or practice in Clover Park Technical College’s student-run massage clinic. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Massage Practitioner program, completion of a similar program from another accredited institution, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform and document massage sessions in a professional, courteous and ethical manner
  • Work well in a group setting, cooperating with others, and contributing to the over-all success of the endeavor
  • Perform self-evaluations and develop plans for personal and professional improvement

FUNDAMENTALS OF ARITHMETIC

MAT 060

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W04 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Munizza, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $0
5W01 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Hughes, R. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $0
5W52 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Munizza, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $0
5W02 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Hughes, R. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $0
5W03 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Munizza, P. In-Person Bldg. 14, Rm. 104 $0

Credits: 5

Comprehensive instruction in basic arithmetic including whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages. Math vocabulary and problem solving strategies and approaches are taught. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand whole numbers and their place value system.
  • Use standard notation, expanded notation, and word name to express whole numbers.
  • Understand and perform the basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of whole numbers.
  • Apply the rules of rounding-off when estimating appropriate answers.
  • Understand the fractional parts of whole numbers and apply the concept in real-life applications.
  • Use the basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to solve fractional problems.
  • Understand and identify place value.
  • Use the basic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to solve decimal problems.
  • Understand and solve conversions between decimals and fractions.
  • Understand percent word problems and perform conversions from decimal to percent; percent to decimal; and percent to fraction.
  • Use a ratio to compare quantities.
  • Determine whether a portion is a true portion.
  • Analyze and solve everyday problems that involve unit pricing, rate of discount and sales tax.
  • Become familiar with computer-assisted learning skills. {Skills Tutor}.

MATH FOR MEDICAL SPECIALTY

MAT 072

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
88C4 0/20 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12:30 p.m. 2 p.m. F Markovits, K. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 21, Rm. 216 $25

Credits: 4

Emphasis on fractions, combined percentages, metric, apothecary measurements and conversions, Roman numerals and dosage calculation formulas. Self-paced lab. (For hemodialysis students only). Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required.

Course Outcomes

  • Students will be able to solve story problems involving the metric system, roman numerals, and calculate percentages and convert fractions
  • Use math skills to calculate UFR goals and program machines for dialysis patients
  • Demonstrate dosage and medicine calculations with emphasis using apothecary measurements

PRE-ALGEBRA

MAT 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W12 0/0 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 6:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TTh Staff In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W11 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 4 p.m. 6:30 p.m. MW Herring, B. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W15 0/0 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Hughes, R. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 107 $4.75
5W08 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 116 $29.75
5W07 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 116 $29.75
5W05 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 p.m. 10:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 113 $29.75
5W53 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Parnell, S. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $29.75
5W16 0/0 April 4, 2015 June 13, 2015 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W14 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 9:10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W10 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 113 $4.75
5W13 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 208 $4.75
5W06 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 116 $29.75
5W09 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 16, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 113 $29.75

Credits: 5

Covers basic operations with whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios and proportions, signed numbers, algebraic expressions, linear equations, order of operations, basic geometry, units of measurement, and introduction to statistics. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 60 is required.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Learn about CPTC's Self-Paced Labs.

Self-Paced Labs:: 5W12, 5W11, 5W15, 5W16, 5W14.

Course Outcomes

  • Use basic operations to solve whole number problems
  • Use basic operations to solve decimal problems
  • Use basic operations to solve fraction problems
  • Solve problems using ratios and proportions
  • Solve percentage problems
  • Understand and use the metric system of measurement
  • Understand and use the United States conventional system of measurement
  • Apply problem solving strategies to solve word problems
  • Understand and use basic geometry
  • Understand and do some basic statistics

INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA

MAT 091

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W25 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 4 p.m. 6:30 p.m. MW Herring, B. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W26 0/0 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 6:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TTh Staff In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W28 0/0 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Hughes, R. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 107 $4.75
5W17 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W20 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 203 $4.75
5W21 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $4.75
5W29 0/0 April 4, 2015 June 13, 2015 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W27 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 9:10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W24 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 113 $4.75
5W23 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 208 $4.75
5W19 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W18 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 113 $4.75
5W22 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Develops algebraic topics including algebraic expressions, solving linear equations and inequalities, coordinate graphing, systems of equations, polynomials, factoring and introduction to rational expressions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 082 is required.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Learn about CPTC's Self-Paced Labs.

Self-Paced Labs: 5W26, 5W25, 5W28, 5W29, 5W27.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply order of operations to simplify or evaluate algebraic expressions
  • Solve linear equations and inequalities
  • Understand and use roots and exponents
  • Use basic operations to simplify polynomials
  • Graph linear equations and inequalities
  • Solve linear systems
  • Apply basic operations to rational expressions

INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

MAT 099

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
5W33 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 17, 2015 4 p.m. 6:30 p.m. MW Herring, B. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W35 0/0 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 6:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TTh Staff In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W36 0/0 April 2, 2015 June 18, 2015 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Hughes, R. In-Person South Hill Campus Room 107 $4.75
5W54 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $0
5W37 0/0 April 4, 2015 June 13, 2015 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W34 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 18, 2015 9:10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
5W32 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 113 $4.75
5W31 0/0 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 208 $4.75
5W30 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Expands on algebraic topics including solving equations and inequalities, graphing of linear and nonlinear equations, and rational expressions. Develops topics including roots and radicals; solving absolute value equations and inequalities; solving quadratic, exponential and logarithmic equations; and introduction to functions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. .

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Learn about CPTC's Self-Paced Labs.

Self-Paced Labs: 5W54, 5W33, 5W35, 5W36, 5W37.

Course Outcomes

  • Solve multiple step equations and inequalities
  • Simplify radical expressions
  • Solve radical equations
  • Solve quadratic equations
  • Graph linear and quadratic functions
  • Recognize and graph exponential functions
  • Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
  • Solve nonlinear systems

MATH FOR INDUSTRIAL PROFESSIONS

MAT 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0517 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Herring, B. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $0
0516 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Arranged Web-Enhanced Bldg. 03, Rm. 205 $25

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra, geometry, metric measure, and trigonometry to calculate areas, volumes, and angles for polygonal objects, objects with smooth curves, and composite objects. With applications to material strength, tapers, pulleys, gears, screw threads, and elementary engines. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform basic mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, evaluate, and solve mathematical expressions and relations
  • Use estimation to check the reasonableness of results, especially those obtained by technology
  • Solve algebraic equations, use formulas, calculate areas and volumes, and apply trigonometric functions to solve problems that have real-world application
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas like algebra, geometry, and trigonometry, and their applications to industrial disciplines

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

MAT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0519 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Arranged Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 205 $25
0518 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Arranged Web-Enhanced Bldg. 03, Rm. 205 $25

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra applied to percentages, markup and markdown, discounts, payroll, and simple and compound interest. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform basic mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate terminology/ symbology; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions and statements involving mathematical expressions
  • Use estimation to check the reasonableness of results, especially those obtained by technology
  • solve algebraic equations, use formulas, and solve problems that have business related applications
  • Recognize relationships and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas like basic mathematics, algebra, statistics and their applications to business disciplines
  • Define and identify arithmetic, algebraic, and statistical terms and apply problem-solving skills involving them

MATH FOR HEALTH OCCUPATIONS

MAT 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0520 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Stultz, D. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
0522 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online Online $25
0521 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra including quadratic equations with real roots and unit conversion processes applied to U. S. and metric measure, calculation of dosages and intravenous infusions. Covers solutions and dilutions, elementary chemical calculations, and elementary non-linear functions. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical, physical, and chemical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions and physical and chemical statements
  • Use computation, estimation, and ratios to solve problems and check the reasonableness of these results
  • Solve algebraic equations, use formulas, and solve problems that have health related program application
  • Recognize relationships and discriminate differences among mathematical, physical, and chemical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas via basic mathematics, algebra, and statistics, and their applications to other disciplines
  • Define and identify arithmetic, algebraic, statistical, physical, and chemical terms and apply problem-solving skills involving them

MATH FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS

MAT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0523 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Covers a variety of topics including probability, statistics, finance, modeling, sets and counting, matrix operations, and exponential and logarithmic functions. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, evaluate, and solve mathematical expressions and relations
  • Use estimation to check the reasonableness of results, especially those obtained by technology solve algebraic equations; calculate probabilities, make inferences based on elementary statistical methods, solve problems involving simple and compound interest, solve problems involving exponential and logarithmic functions
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between mathematical areas like algebra, set theory, probability, and statistics
  • Apply arithmetic, algebraic, and transcendental expressions, equations, and functions to solve problems in finance, exponential growth and decay, and logarithmic scales

PRE CALCULUS I

MATH&141

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0573 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Staff In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 208 $4.75
0524 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Web-Enhanced Bldg. 16, Rm. 208 $29.75

Credits: 5

Covers linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, absolute value, exponential, logarithmic, and inverse functions and equations; composite functions, linear and quadratic inequalities, graphs of functions, relations, and inequalities; and graphic transformations. Introduces limits, linear and quadratic curve fitting, and mathematical modeling including exponential growth and decay. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions
  • Use computation and estimation to solve problems and check the reasonableness of these results, especially those obtained by technology
  • Solve algebraic and transcendental equations and inequalities, graph algebraic and transcendental functions, and solve problems involving polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions that have real-world application
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between algebraic and transcendental expressions and relations and their applications to other disciplines
  • Define and identify algebraic and transcendental expressions and relations and apply problem-solving skills involving them

PRE CALCULUS 2

MATH&142

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0525 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Schmeling, L. In-Person Bldg. 16, Rm. 208 $4.75

Credits: 5

Covers circular, trigonometric, and inverse-trigonometric functions and graphs; trigonometric and inverse trigonometric identities; trigonometric equations; vectors and elementary vector operations; De Moivre’s theorem and equations with complex solutions; and polar and parametric equations and their graphs. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MATH& 141 or equivalent.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform mathematical operations that require problem solving and critical thinking skills
  • Express mathematical ideas orally and in writing by using appropriate mathematical terminology/symbols; read, understand, and evaluate mathematical expressions
  • Use computation and estimation to solve problems and check the reasonableness of these results, especially those obtained by technology
  • Solve trigonometric, vector, parametric, and polar equations and inequalities, and systems of equations and inequalities and apply skills involving these to real-world applications
  • Recognize similarities and discriminate differences among mathematical expressions and relations
  • Recognize connections between expressions and relations specific to trigonometric, vector, parametric, polar, and matrix forms and their applications to other disciplines
  • Define and identify trigonometric, vector, parametric, polar, and matrix expressions and relations and apply problem-solving skills involving them

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

MATH&146

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
0526 0/30 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Stultz, D. In-Person Bldg. 15, Rm. 111 $4.75
0527 0/24 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online Online $25

Credits: 5

Descriptive and inferential statistics, including measures of central tendency, dispersion or variation, and skewness. The student is introduced to basic concepts in probability, as well as discrete and continuous probability distribution functions. Statistical inference includes sampling, elementary experimental design, and hypothesis testing using normal, Student’s t, and F-distributions; linear regression and correlation; and the chi-square distribution. Graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 099 is required.

Course Outcomes

  • Compute and apply measures of central tendency and dispersion
  • Construct Statistical charts, tables, and graphs
  • Perform elementary computations in probability; mutually exclusive and complementary events, statistical independence, conditionality, and rules of addition and multiplication
  • Apply the central limit theorem to hypothesis testing and determination of confidence limits
  • Demonstrate facility with discrete probability distributions including the general, binomial, and hypergeometric
  • Describe parameters of the Gaussian Distribution and their use in problem solving
  • Clearly delineate the steps of hypothesis testing and their applications
  • Estimate population parameters with sample statistics
  • Perform hypothesis testing for comparison of means, variances, proportions, as well as for single population means and proportions
  • Perform linear regression analysis, including fitting regression lines and interpreting linear correlation coefficients
  • Communicate problems, methods of solution, and their reasonableness to a diverse audience of technically oriented people

SHOP SAFETY

MCH 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7804 0/18 April 1, 2015 April 7, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 2

Provides an overview of the program, orientation to shop procedures, and the responsibilities associated with personal safety and the safety of others. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly apply machine shop rules, regulations and procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to recognize safe and unsafe work practices in a shop
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform their job in a manner that is safe for themselves and for other workers

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT

MCH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7814 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

Provides a review of basic arithmetic, using addition, subtraction, fractions, and decimal fractions. Study of drawings and prints, and an overview of basic measuring tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform basic arithmetic
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to describe what a print is, parts of a print, and line usage
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify, select, and properly use basic measuring tools

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT II

MCH 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7844 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

Provides study of basic geometry concepts and introduction to calculators. Advanced study of prints and reading of machine details. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly apply basic geometry concepts
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform basic operations on calculators
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify and apply machine details on prints

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT III

MCH 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7874 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

An introduction to trigonometric functions, practical machine mathematical applications, the Cartesian coordinate system, geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform and apply right triangle trigonometric functions
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to assess and perform practical machine mathematical operations
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to define the meaning of geometric symbols on a print

SHOP MACHINE AND TOOLS

MCH 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7824 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

Use and care of hand and machine tools used in measurement, layout and inspection. Beginning machine tool operation of pedestal grinders, drill presses and power saws. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly select and use various hand tools, properly, and in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate drilling machines in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate power saws in a safe manner

LATHES I

MCH 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7834 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on lathes with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, turning, facing, grooving, threading, and tapers. Actual turning jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purpose of the main parts of a Lathe and Milling Machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly use lathe and milling machine Cutting Tools

MILLS I

MCH 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7854 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on milling machines, with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, end milling, side milling, shell milling, drilling, and tapping. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purpose of the main parts of a Lathe and Milling Machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly use lathe and milling machine Cutting Tools

SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE

MCH 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7864 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 8

Intermediate calculations and machining operations with emphasis on accessories for lathes and milling machines. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to calculate the proper speeds and feeds for lathes and milling machines
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purpose of various lathe and milling accessories
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform and apply intermediate calculations and setups on lathes and mills

LATHES & MILLS III

MCH 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7884 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 10

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on precision setup using geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform and apply advanced calculations and setups on lathes and mills
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly machine internal diameters, groves, and threads, on a lathe

LATHES & MILLS IV

MCH 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78A4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 8

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on the use of all shop equipment to complete advanced precision projects. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly operate Lathes & Mills in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly perform indexing operations on milling machines
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly perform taper turning on a lathe
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly perform gear-cutting operations on milling machines

SURFACE GRINDING

MCH 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
7894 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 4

Progressively difficult grinding operations with emphasis on surface grinding, mounting, dressing and truing grinding machine wheels. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate surface grinders surface grinders in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify major component parts of a surface grinding machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to select the correct grinding wheel for each type of work material
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly true and dress a grinding wheel on the surface grinder
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly set-up and operate a surface grinder

TOOL & CUTTER GRINDER

MCH 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78B4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 5

Progressively difficult tool and cutter grinding with emphasis on milling cutters, reamers and form tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to operate the universal tool and cutter grinder in a safe manner
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly identify and state the purposes of the main parts of a tool and cutter grinder
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to correctly define milling cutter nomenclature
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to select the proper grinding wheel to be used for each type of cutter
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly set up and operate a tool and cutter grinder
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to properly grind clearance angles on end milling cutters and reamers

CATIA I

MCH 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78M4 0/18 April 8, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Hybrid Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $55

Credits: 5

Gain introductory knowledge of 3D and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create basic parts and assemblies in solids and wireframe. Instructor permission required. .

INTRODUCTION TO CNC

MCH 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78C4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Hybrid Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $55

Credits: 7

Introduction to CNC programming software and setups using CAD/CAM interfacing and project milling, drilling and lathe turning. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. .

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify safe and unsafe CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machining procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify the fundamentals of CNC (Computer Numerical Control)
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to perform CNC machining setups
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply basic NC programming
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply basic CAD/CAM

CATIA II

MCH 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78N4 0/18 April 8, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Hybrid Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $55

Credits: 3

Build upon modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to apply graphic skills to create parts, assemblies and profiles in solids and wireframe. .

CATIA III

MCH 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78P4 0/18 April 8, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Hybrid Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $55

Credits: 3

Apply more advanced modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create complex parts and assemblies in solids and wireframes. .

MEASUREMENT INSPECTION & EQUIPMENT

MCH 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78D4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Hybrid Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $55

Credits: 10

Understanding and operating Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machinery. Writing programs and manual data input. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. .

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify safe and unsafe CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machining procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply intermediate Programming Fundamentals
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to plan an efficient and safe program with proper sequencing
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to execute a program at the machine
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to define the meanings of various G & M codes as related to CNC machining

ADVANCED CNC

MCH 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78H4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Hybrid Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $55

Credits: 12

Progressively advanced CNC machining techniques with emphasis placed on program troubleshooting and increased production. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. .

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify safe and unsafe CNC (Computer Numerical Control) machining procedures
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply advanced programming fundamentals
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply the use of multiple tools through manual programming and CAD/CAM software
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to construct 2D & 3D CAD (Computer Aided Design) geometry
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to complete assigned projects applying Mastercam software in design and manufacturing

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

MCH 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78F4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 4, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 4

Covers writing a resume, researching employers and job search techniques. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will complete a working resume
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will identify career opportunities
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will research potential employers
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will contact employers and setup a field trip

INSPECTION TECHNIQUES

MCH 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78G4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 6

Proper use of inspection tools and equipment. Emphasis is on applied use of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing, with use of granite layout surfaces. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to measure heights using a vernier height gage
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to measure heights using gage blocks
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to make angular measurements to an accuracy of 5’ (minutes) of a degree using a sine bar, gage blocks, and a dial indicator
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to demonstrate methods of comparison measurement
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to apply measurement using various gages

METALLURGY & HEAT TREATMENT

MCH 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78J4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 4

Provides insight into the study of the properties and compositions of metals. Emphasis is on heat treatment of metals. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to define six properties of metals
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify the effect of alloying elements on steel
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to identify nonferrous metals used in industry
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to select the proper grade of steel for a work piece
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to harden and temper a carbon-steel work piece

MANUFACTURING RESOURCES & RESEARCH

MCH 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78K4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $34.75

Credits: 4

Study of resources for machining information with emphasis on methods of research. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will identify Thread Classifications as they apply to the machinist trade
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to research information as needed regarding Three Methods of Calculating Threads, Bolt Circles, and Indexing Head Rotations
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to research information as needed regarding Threads and Tools Used for Methods of Measurement
  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will be able to research information as needed regarding Alternate Manufacturing Methods, EDM, Laser, Injection Molding, Extrusion Molding

TRAINING & PRACTICE

MCH 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
78Q4 0/18 April 8, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $30
78L4 0/18 April 1, 2015 June 19, 2015 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. In-Person Bldg. 25, Rm. 105 $30

Credits: 15

Special instruction to suit the individual’s needs. Repeated enrollment ensures progressively advanced training. The number of times one may enroll is based on the student’s needs, and is at the instructor’s advisement. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Using lecture, lab, and demonstrations, the student will complete special individualized, competency-based training, in an area of instruction as determined by the instructor

INTRODUCTION TO THE LABORATORY

MLT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4804 0/14 April 1, 2015 April 3, 2015 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WThF Guinn, D. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 222 $120

Credits: 2

Orients the student to the campus, the program, and the laboratory field. School and program policies, the metric system, basic techniques, microscopy, physiological processes, medical terminology, and laboratory organization are covered. A large block of time is dedicated to a discussion of laboratory safety and standard precautions, HIPAA, and professionalism. These topics are then integrated into the applied academic courses for the remainder of the program. This course is presented spring quarter. Prerequisites: Completion of a college course in biology w/lab and a college course in chemistry with lab within the last five years, with a grade of B or better.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • State, in his/her own words, the college and program policies regarding Absences, Dress and Grooming, Parking, Smoking, Student Due Process, Fees Payment, and Grading, given the materials found in the CPTC catalog and the policies which are attached to the syllabus
  • Define and explain the processes of osmosis, diffusion, and filtration, after completing the reading assignment and class demonstration exercise, as evidenced by satisfactorily completing the exercise worksheet
  • Define terms relating to microscopy listed on the handout, after completing the reading assignment and taking part in the classroom lecture and discussion
  • Define terms relating to Quality Control procedures, after completing reading assignment in the CLS text, and taking part in the classroom lecture and discussion
  • Make calculations of weight, length and volume within the metric system and between the metric and English systems, after review of material in clinical lab science text, classroom presentations, and performing practice calculations on worksheets
  • Calculate Mean, Standard Deviation, and Coefficient of Variation for any list of lab results, with 100% accuracy after classroom practice
  • Demonstrate working knowledge of laboratory safety guidelines and Standard Precautions, as outlined in the program's safety policies, lecture presentation, and reading assignments
  • Correctly define HIPM, and explain how its security rules affect laboratory personnel and students
  • Given the Code of Ethics of the American Society for Clinical Laboratory Science, describe, in classroom discussion, the three areas in which clinical laboratory professionals have specific ethical duties

HEMATOLOGY

MLT 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4814 0/14 April 6, 2015 April 10, 2015 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Guinn, D. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 222 $25

Credits: 10

Explores the role of the circulatory system and heart, before beginning an in-depth study of blood cells: Erythrocytes and Leukocytes. For each cell group, principles of production, function, normal numbers, and associated diseases are covered. Laboratory practice includes manual and automated counting of all cell types, and routine procedures associated with each. This course is offered in the spring quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 208.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Trace pulmonary and systemic circulation of blood through the body naming the vessels which leave and enter the heart and lungs, and indicating whether vessels contain oxygen-rich or oxygen-poor blood
  • Trace circulation through the heart, naming the chambers, valves, and vessels
  • Correctly define the terms relating to red cells listed on handout
  • Name the stages in the development and maturation of red blood cells
  • Describe the development, structure and function of the hemoglobin molecule
  • Identify the qualitative and quantitative hemoglobinopathies listed in the hematology text
  • Outline the processes of iron metabolism, including both intravascular and extravascular hemolysis, the role of the digestive tract, and storage of iron
  • Describe with accuracy the life cycle of red cells, from maturation sequence through senescence to removal from circulation, including degradation products, using lecture notes, text assignments, and medical dictionary
  • Prepare and present a brief report on one of the anemias covered in lecture, describing the mechanism, diagnostic lab values, and treatment
  • Describe the normal size and shape of red cells, and distinguish them from abnormal sizes and shapes, and immature forms
  • Correctly define ROW and relate it to red cell size
  • Calculate red cell indices from values given by the instructor, and relate results to stained smears
  • Describe the maturation, appearance, function and life cycle of each type of leukocyte
  • List anomalies of production and function of each leukocyte
  • Describe and differentiate the roles of B and T lymphocytes in immunity
  • Correctly define the terms related to leukocytes on handout
  • Describe the events involved in an inflammatory reaction
  • State the normal range for all tests performed and discussed, from memory, as given in the hematology text
  • Correlate abnormal hematology results to deficiencies and/or disease states, using lecture notes, reading assignments, and medical dictionary
  • Work cooperatively with others when performing laboratory work; share reagents, space, small tools, and time on instruments without contention

HEMOSTASIS

MLT 204

Item # Enrollment Start Date End Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Format Location Addtl Fee
4824 0/14 April 13, 2015 May 22, 2015 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Guinn, D. Hybrid Bldg. 21, Rm. 222 $25

Credits: 5

Covers the processes involved in coagulation (hemostasis), both primary and secondary, and fibrinolysis. Normal coagulation activities, as well as coagulation deficiencies, are presented, and routine coagulation procedures are performed in the student laboratory. This course is presented spring quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 203.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately summarize the development of platelets, with proper cell terminology
  • Accurately list the four functions of platelets, and categorize test procedures which address each function, as above
  • Describe normal and abnormal platelet morphology
  • Identify the areas in pr